1 |
450 |
jeremybenn |
This is ../../doc/or1ksim.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
|
2 |
|
|
../../doc/or1ksim.texi.
|
3 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
4 |
|
|
INFO-DIR-SECTION Embedded development
|
5 |
|
|
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
6 |
442 |
julius |
* Or1ksim: (or32-elf-or1ksim). The OpenRISC 1000 Architectural
|
7 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Simulator
|
8 |
|
|
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
9 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
This file documents the OpenRISC Architectural Simulator, Or1ksim.
|
11 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 Embecosm Limited.
|
13 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
|
15 |
|
|
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
16 |
|
|
Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
|
17 |
|
|
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts,
|
18 |
|
|
and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included
|
19 |
|
|
in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
|
20 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Top, Next: Installation, Up: (dir)
|
23 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
Scope of this Document
|
25 |
|
|
**********************
|
26 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
This document is the user guide for Or1ksim, the OpenRISC 1000
|
28 |
|
|
Architectural Simulator.
|
29 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
31 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
* Installation::
|
33 |
|
|
* Usage::
|
34 |
|
|
* Configuration::
|
35 |
|
|
* Interactive Command Line::
|
36 |
|
|
* Verification API::
|
37 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
* Code Internals::
|
39 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
|
41 |
|
|
* Index::
|
42 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Installation, Next: Usage, Prev: Top, Up: Top
|
45 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
1 Installation
|
47 |
|
|
**************
|
48 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Installation follows standard GNU protocols.
|
50 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
52 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
* Preparation::
|
54 |
|
|
* Configuring the Build::
|
55 |
|
|
* Build and Install::
|
56 |
|
|
* Known Issues::
|
57 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Preparation, Next: Configuring the Build, Up: Installation
|
60 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
1.1 Preparation
|
62 |
|
|
===============
|
63 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Unpack the software and create a _separate_ directory in which to build
|
65 |
|
|
it:
|
66 |
|
|
|
67 |
508 |
jeremybenn |
tar jxf or1ksim-0.5.0rc3.tar.bz2
|
68 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
mkdir builddir_or1ksim
|
69 |
|
|
cd builddir_or1ksim
|
70 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Configuring the Build, Next: Build and Install, Prev: Preparation, Up: Installation
|
73 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
1.2 Configuring the Build
|
75 |
|
|
=========================
|
76 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
Configure the software using the `configure' script in the main
|
78 |
|
|
directory.
|
79 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
The most significant argument is `--target', which should specify the
|
81 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
OpenRISC 1000 32-bit architecture. If this argument is omitted, it will
|
82 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
default to OpenRISC 1000 32-bit with a warning
|
83 |
|
|
|
84 |
508 |
jeremybenn |
../or1ksim-0.5.0rc3/configure --target=or32-elf ...
|
85 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
86 |
|
|
There are several other options available, many of which are standard
|
87 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
to GNU `configure' scripts. Use `configure --help' to see all the
|
88 |
|
|
options. The most useful is `--prefix' to specify a directory for
|
89 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
installation of the tools.
|
90 |
|
|
|
91 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
For testing (using `make check'), the `--target' parameter may be
|
92 |
|
|
specified, to allow the target tool chain to be selected. If not
|
93 |
|
|
specified, it will default to `or32-elf', which is the same prefix used
|
94 |
|
|
with the standard OpenRISC toolchain installation script.
|
95 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
96 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
A number of Or1ksim specific features in the simulator do require
|
97 |
|
|
enabling at configuration. These include
|
98 |
|
|
|
99 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`--enable-profiling'
|
100 |
|
|
`--disable-profiling'
|
101 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If enabled, Or1ksim is compiled for profiling with `gprof'. This
|
102 |
|
|
is disabled by default. Only really of value for developers of
|
103 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Or1ksim.
|
104 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
`--enable-execution=simple'
|
106 |
|
|
`--enable-execution=complex'
|
107 |
|
|
`--enable-execution=dynamic'
|
108 |
|
|
Or1ksim has developed to improve functionality and performance.
|
109 |
|
|
This feature allows three versions of Or1ksim to be built
|
110 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
`--enable-execution=simple'
|
112 |
|
|
Build the original simple interpreting simulator
|
113 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
`--enable-execution=complex'
|
115 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Build a more complex interpreting simulator. Experiments
|
116 |
|
|
suggest this is 50% faster than the simple simulator. This
|
117 |
|
|
is the default.
|
118 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
119 |
|
|
`--enable-execution=dynamic'
|
120 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Build a dynamically compiling simulator. This is the way
|
121 |
|
|
many modern ISS are built. This represents a work in
|
122 |
|
|
progress. Currently Or1ksim will compile, but segfaults if
|
123 |
|
|
configured with this option.
|
124 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
125 |
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
The default is `--enable-execution=complex'.
|
127 |
|
|
|
128 |
|
|
`--enable-ethphy'
|
129 |
|
|
`--disable-ethphy'
|
130 |
|
|
If enabled, this option allows the Ethernet to be simulated by
|
131 |
|
|
connecting via a socket (the alternative reads and writes, from
|
132 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
and to files). This must then be configured using the relevant
|
133 |
|
|
fields in the `ethernet' section of the configuration file. *Note
|
134 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Ethernet Configuration: Ethernet Configuration.
|
135 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
The default is for this to be disabled.
|
137 |
|
|
|
138 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
`--enable-unsigned-xori'
|
139 |
|
|
`--disable-unsigned-xori'
|
140 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Historically, `l.xori', has sign extended its operand. This is
|
141 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
inconsistent with the other logical opcodes (`l.andi', `l.ori'),
|
142 |
|
|
but in the absence of `l.not', it allows a register to be inverted
|
143 |
|
|
in a single instruction using:
|
144 |
|
|
|
145 |
|
|
`l.xori rD,rA,-1'
|
146 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
This flag causes Or1ksim to treat the immediate operand as
|
148 |
|
|
unsigned (i.e to zero-extend rather than sign-extend).
|
149 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
The default is to sign-extend, so that existing code will continue
|
151 |
|
|
to work.
|
152 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
Caution: The GNU compiler tool chain makes heavy use of this
|
154 |
|
|
instruction. Using unsigned behavior will require the
|
155 |
|
|
compiler to be modified accordingly.
|
156 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
This option is provided for experimentation. A future
|
158 |
|
|
version of OpenRISC may adopt this more consistent behavior
|
159 |
|
|
and also provide a `l.not' opcode.
|
160 |
|
|
|
161 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`--enable-range-stats'
|
162 |
|
|
`--disable-range-stats'
|
163 |
|
|
If enabled, this option allows statistics to be collected to
|
164 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
analyse register access over time. The default is for this to be
|
165 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
disabled.
|
166 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
`--enable-debug'
|
168 |
|
|
`--disable-debug'
|
169 |
|
|
This is a feature of the Argtable2 package used to process
|
170 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
arguments. If enabled, some debugging features are turned on in
|
171 |
|
|
Argtable2. It is provided for completeness, but there is no
|
172 |
|
|
reason why this feature should ever be needed by any Or1ksim user.
|
173 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
174 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`--enable-all-tests'
|
175 |
|
|
`--disable-all-tests'
|
176 |
|
|
Some of the tests (at the time of writing just one) will not
|
177 |
|
|
compile without error. If enabled with this flag, all test
|
178 |
|
|
programs will be compiled with `make check'.
|
179 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
180 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
This flag is intended for those working on the test package, who
|
181 |
|
|
wish to get the missing test(s) working.
|
182 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
184 |
112 |
jeremybenn |
A number of configuration flags have been removed since version 0.3.0,
|
185 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
because they led to invalid behavior of Or1ksim. Those removed are:
|
186 |
112 |
jeremybenn |
|
187 |
124 |
jeremybenn |
`--enable-arith-flag'
|
188 |
|
|
`--disable-arith-flag'
|
189 |
|
|
If enabled, this option caused certain instructions to set the flag
|
190 |
|
|
(`F' bit) in the supervision register if the result were zero.
|
191 |
|
|
The instructions affected by this were `l.add', `l.addc',
|
192 |
|
|
`l.addi', `l.and' and `l.andi'.
|
193 |
|
|
|
194 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
If set, this caused incorrect behavior. Whether or not flags are
|
195 |
124 |
jeremybenn |
set is part of the OpenRISC 1000 architectural specification. The
|
196 |
|
|
only flags which should set this are the "set flag" instructions:
|
197 |
|
|
`l.sfeq', `l.sfeqi', `l.sfges', `l.sfgesi', `l.sfgeu', `l.sfgeui',
|
198 |
|
|
`l.sfgts', `l.sfgtsi', `l.sfgtu', `l.sfgtui', `l.sfles',
|
199 |
|
|
`l.sflesi', `l.sfleu', `l.sfleui', `l.sflts', `l.sfltsi',
|
200 |
|
|
`l.sfltu', `l.sfltui', `l.sfne' and `l.sfnei'.
|
201 |
|
|
|
202 |
112 |
jeremybenn |
`--enable-ov-flag'
|
203 |
|
|
`--disable-ov-flag'
|
204 |
124 |
jeremybenn |
This flag caused certain instructions to set the overflow flag.
|
205 |
|
|
If not, those instructions would not set the overflow flat. The
|
206 |
|
|
instructions affected by this were `l.add', `l.addc', `l.addi',
|
207 |
|
|
`l.and', `l.andi', `l.div', `l.divu', `l.mul', `l.muli', `l.or',
|
208 |
|
|
`l.ori', `l.sll', `l.slli', `l.srl', `l.srli', `l.sra', `l.srai',
|
209 |
|
|
`l.sub', `l.xor' and `l.xori'.
|
210 |
112 |
jeremybenn |
|
211 |
|
|
This guaranteed incorrect behavior. The OpenRISC 1000 architecture
|
212 |
|
|
specification defines which flags are set by which instructions.
|
213 |
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
Within the above list, the arithmetic instructions (`l.add',
|
215 |
|
|
`l.addc', `l.addi', `l.div', `l.divu', `l.mul', `l.muli' and
|
216 |
|
|
`l.sub'), together with `l.addic' which is missed out, set the
|
217 |
|
|
overflow flag. All the others (`l.and', `l.andi', `l.or',
|
218 |
|
|
`l.ori', `l.sll', `l.slli', `l.srl', `l.srli', `l.sra', `l.srai',
|
219 |
|
|
`l.xor' and `l.xori') do not.
|
220 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
222 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
223 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Build and Install, Next: Known Issues, Prev: Configuring the Build, Up: Installation
|
224 |
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
1.3 Building and Installing
|
226 |
|
|
===========================
|
227 |
|
|
|
228 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Build the tool with:
|
229 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
230 |
|
|
make all
|
231 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
|
232 |
|
|
If you have the OpenRISC tool chain and DejaGNU installed, you can
|
233 |
|
|
verify the tool as follows (otherwise omit this step):
|
234 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
make check
|
236 |
|
|
|
237 |
|
|
Install the tool with:
|
238 |
|
|
|
239 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
make install
|
240 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
This will install the three variations of the Or1ksim tool,
|
242 |
442 |
julius |
`or32-elf-sim', `or32-elf-psim' and `or32-elf-mpsim', the Or1ksim
|
243 |
|
|
library, `libsim', the header file, `or1ksim.h' and this documentation
|
244 |
|
|
in `info' format.
|
245 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
246 |
|
|
The documentation may be created and installed in alternative formats
|
247 |
|
|
(PDF, Postscript, DVI, HTML) with for example:
|
248 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
make pdf
|
250 |
|
|
make install-pdf
|
251 |
|
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Known Issues, Prev: Build and Install, Up: Installation
|
254 |
|
|
|
255 |
|
|
1.4 Known Problems and Issues
|
256 |
|
|
=============================
|
257 |
|
|
|
258 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Full details of outstanding issues may be found in the `NEWS' file in
|
259 |
|
|
the main directory of the distribution. The OpenRISC tracker may be
|
260 |
|
|
used to see the current state of these issues and to raise new problems
|
261 |
|
|
and feature requests. It may be found at bugtracker.
|
262 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
263 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
The following issues are long standing and unlikely to be fixed in
|
264 |
|
|
Or1ksim in the near future.
|
265 |
|
|
|
266 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* The Supervision Register Little Endian Enable (LEE) bit is
|
267 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
ignored. Or1ksim can be built for either little endian or big
|
268 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
endian use, but that behavior cannot be changed dynamically.
|
269 |
|
|
|
270 |
|
|
* Or1ksim is not reentrant, so a program cannot instantiate multiple
|
271 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
instances using the library. This is clearly a problem when
|
272 |
|
|
considering multi-core applications. However it stems from the
|
273 |
|
|
original design, and can only be fixed by a complete rewrite. The
|
274 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
entire source code uses static global constants liberally!
|
275 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Usage, Next: Configuration, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
|
279 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
2 Usage
|
281 |
|
|
*******
|
282 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
284 |
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
* Standalone Simulator::
|
286 |
|
|
* Profiling Utility::
|
287 |
|
|
* Memory Profiling Utility::
|
288 |
442 |
julius |
* Trace Generation::
|
289 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* Simulator Library::
|
290 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface::
|
291 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
* l.nop Support::
|
292 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
293 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Standalone Simulator, Next: Profiling Utility, Up: Usage
|
295 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
|
2.1 Standalone Simulator
|
297 |
|
|
========================
|
298 |
|
|
|
299 |
|
|
The general form the standalone command is:
|
300 |
|
|
|
301 |
442 |
julius |
or32-elf-sim [-vhiqVt] [-f FILE] [--nosrv] [--srv=[N]]
|
302 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
[-m ][-d STR]
|
303 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
[--enable-profile] [--enable-mprofile] [FILE]
|
304 |
|
|
|
305 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Many of the options have both a short and a long form. For example
|
306 |
|
|
`-h' or `--help'.
|
307 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
308 |
|
|
`-v'
|
309 |
|
|
`--version'
|
310 |
|
|
Print out the version and copyright notice for Or1ksim and exit.
|
311 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
|
`-h'
|
313 |
|
|
`--help'
|
314 |
|
|
Print out help about the command line options and what they mean.
|
315 |
|
|
|
316 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`-i'
|
317 |
|
|
`--interactive'
|
318 |
|
|
After starting, drop into the Or1ksim interactive command shell.
|
319 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
`-q'
|
321 |
|
|
`--quiet'
|
322 |
|
|
Do not generate any information messages, only error messages.
|
323 |
|
|
|
324 |
|
|
`-V'
|
325 |
|
|
`--verbose'
|
326 |
|
|
Generate extra output messages (equivalent of specifying the
|
327 |
|
|
"verbose" option in the simulator configuration section (see *note
|
328 |
|
|
Simulator Behavior: Simulator Behavior.).
|
329 |
|
|
|
330 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
`-t'
|
331 |
|
|
`--trace'
|
332 |
420 |
jeremybenn |
Dump instruction just executed and any register/memory location
|
333 |
|
|
chaged after each instruction (one line per instruction).
|
334 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
|
335 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
`--trace-physical'
|
336 |
|
|
`--trace-virtual'
|
337 |
|
|
When tracing instructions, show the physical address
|
338 |
|
|
(`--trace-physical') and/or the virtual address
|
339 |
|
|
(`--trace-virtual') of the instruction being executed. Both flags
|
340 |
|
|
may be specified, in which case both physical and virtual
|
341 |
|
|
addresses are shown, physical first.
|
342 |
|
|
|
343 |
|
|
Note: Either or both flags may be specified without
|
344 |
|
|
`--trace', to indicate how addresses should be shown if
|
345 |
|
|
subsequently enabled by a `SIGUSER1' signal or `l.nop 8'
|
346 |
|
|
opcode (*note Trace Generation: Trace Generation.).
|
347 |
|
|
|
348 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`-f FILE'
|
349 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
`--file=FILE'
|
350 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Read configuration commands from the specified file, looking first
|
351 |
|
|
in the current directory, and otherwise in the `$HOME/.or1k'
|
352 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
directory. If this argument is not specified, the file `sim.cfg'
|
353 |
|
|
in those two locations is used. Failure to find the file is a
|
354 |
|
|
fatal error. *Note Configuration: Configuration, for detailed
|
355 |
|
|
information on configuring Or1ksim.
|
356 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
357 |
|
|
`--nosrv'
|
358 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
Do not start up the "Remote Serial Protocol" debug server. This
|
359 |
|
|
overrides any setting specified in the configuration file. This
|
360 |
|
|
option may not be specified with `--srv'. If it is, a rude
|
361 |
|
|
message is printed and the `--nosrv' option is ignored.
|
362 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
363 |
|
|
`--srv'
|
364 |
|
|
|
365 |
|
|
`--srv=N'
|
366 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
Start up the "Remote Serial Protocol" debug server. This
|
367 |
|
|
overrides any setting specified in the configuration file. If the
|
368 |
|
|
parameter, N, is specified, use that as the TCP/IP port for the
|
369 |
|
|
server, otherwise a random value from the private port range
|
370 |
|
|
(41920-65535) will be used. This option may not be specified with
|
371 |
|
|
`--nosrv'. If it is, a rude message is printed and the `--nosrv'
|
372 |
|
|
option is ignored.
|
373 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
374 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
`-m SIZE'
|
375 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`--memory=SIZE'
|
376 |
|
|
Configure a memory block of SIZE bytes, starting at address zero.
|
377 |
|
|
The size may be followed by `k', `K', `m', `M', `g', `G', to
|
378 |
|
|
indicate kilobytes (2^10 bytes), megabytes (2^20 bytes) and
|
379 |
|
|
gigabytes (2^30 bytes).
|
380 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
|
This is mainly intended for use when Or1ksim is used without a
|
382 |
|
|
configuration file, to allow just the processor and memory to be
|
383 |
|
|
set up. This is the equivalent of specifying a configuration
|
384 |
|
|
memory section with `baseaddr = 0' and `size = SIZE' and all other
|
385 |
|
|
parameters taking their default value.
|
386 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
|
If a configuration file is also used, it should be sure not to
|
388 |
|
|
specify an overlapping memory block.
|
389 |
|
|
|
390 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
`-d CONFIG_STRING'
|
391 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`--debug-config=CONFIG_STRING'
|
392 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Enable selected debug messages in Or1ksim. This parameter is for
|
393 |
|
|
use by developers only, and is not covered further here. See the
|
394 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
source code for more details.
|
395 |
|
|
|
396 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`--report-memory-errors'
|
397 |
|
|
By default all exceptions are now handled silently. If this
|
398 |
|
|
option is specified, bus exceptions will be reported with a
|
399 |
|
|
message to standard error indicating the address at which the
|
400 |
|
|
exception occurred.
|
401 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
402 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
This was the default behaviour up to Or1ksim 0.4.0. This flag is
|
403 |
|
|
provided for those who wish to keep that behavior.
|
404 |
|
|
|
405 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`--strict-npc'
|
406 |
|
|
In real hardware, setting the next program counter (NPC, SPR 16),
|
407 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
flushes the processor pipeline. The consequence of this is that
|
408 |
|
|
until the pipeline refills, reading the NPC will return zero.
|
409 |
|
|
This is typically the case when debugging, since the processor is
|
410 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
stalled.
|
411 |
|
|
|
412 |
|
|
Historically, Or1ksim has always returned the value of the NPC,
|
413 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
irrespective of when it is changed. If the `--strict-npc' option
|
414 |
|
|
is used, then Or1ksim will mirror real hardware more accurately.
|
415 |
|
|
If the NPC is changed while the processor is stalled, subsequent
|
416 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
reads of its value will return 0 until the processor is unstalled.
|
417 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
|
This is not currently the default behavior, since tools such as
|
419 |
|
|
GDB have been implemented assuming the historic Or1ksim behavior.
|
420 |
|
|
However at some time in the future it will become the default.
|
421 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
`--enable-profile'
|
423 |
|
|
Enable instruction profiling.
|
424 |
|
|
|
425 |
|
|
`--enable-mprofile'
|
426 |
|
|
Enable memory profiling.
|
427 |
|
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Profiling Utility, Next: Memory Profiling Utility, Prev: Standalone Simulator, Up: Usage
|
431 |
|
|
|
432 |
|
|
2.2 Profiling Utility
|
433 |
|
|
=====================
|
434 |
|
|
|
435 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
This utility analyses instruction profile data generated by Or1ksim.
|
436 |
|
|
It may be invoked as a standalone command, or from the Or1ksim CLI.
|
437 |
|
|
The general form the standalone command is:
|
438 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
439 |
442 |
julius |
or32-elf-profile [-vhcq] [-g=FILE]
|
440 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
441 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Many of the options have both a short and a long form. For example
|
442 |
|
|
`-h' or `--help'.
|
443 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
444 |
|
|
`-v'
|
445 |
|
|
`--version'
|
446 |
|
|
Print out the version and copyright notice for the Or1ksim
|
447 |
|
|
profiling utility and exit.
|
448 |
|
|
|
449 |
|
|
`-h'
|
450 |
|
|
`--help'
|
451 |
|
|
Print out help about the command line options and what they mean.
|
452 |
|
|
|
453 |
|
|
`-c'
|
454 |
|
|
`--cumulative'
|
455 |
|
|
Show cumulative sum of cycles in functions
|
456 |
|
|
|
457 |
|
|
`-q'
|
458 |
|
|
`--quiet'
|
459 |
|
|
Suppress messages
|
460 |
|
|
|
461 |
|
|
`-g=FILE'
|
462 |
|
|
`--generate=FILE'
|
463 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The data file to analyse. If omitted, the default file,
|
464 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`sim.profile' is used.
|
465 |
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
467 |
|
|
|
468 |
442 |
julius |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Memory Profiling Utility, Next: Trace Generation, Prev: Profiling Utility, Up: Usage
|
469 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
470 |
|
|
2.3 Memory Profiling Utility
|
471 |
|
|
============================
|
472 |
|
|
|
473 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
This utility analyses memory profile data generated by Or1ksim. It may
|
474 |
|
|
be invoked as a standalone command, or from the Or1ksim CLI. The
|
475 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
general form the standalone command is:
|
476 |
|
|
|
477 |
442 |
julius |
or32-elf-mprofile [-vh] [-m=M] [-g=N] [-f=FILE] FROM TO
|
478 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
479 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Many of the options have both a short and a long form. For example
|
480 |
|
|
`-h' or `--help'.
|
481 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
482 |
|
|
`-v'
|
483 |
|
|
`--version'
|
484 |
|
|
Print out the version and copyright notice for the Or1ksim memory
|
485 |
|
|
profiling utility and exit.
|
486 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
`-h'
|
488 |
|
|
`--help'
|
489 |
|
|
Print out help about the command line options and what they mean.
|
490 |
|
|
|
491 |
|
|
`-m=M'
|
492 |
|
|
`--mode=M'
|
493 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Specify the mode out output. Permitted options are
|
494 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
495 |
|
|
`detailed'
|
496 |
|
|
`d'
|
497 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Detailed output. This is the default if no mode is specified.
|
498 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
499 |
|
|
`pretty'
|
500 |
|
|
`p'
|
501 |
|
|
Pretty printed output.
|
502 |
|
|
|
503 |
|
|
`access'
|
504 |
|
|
`a'
|
505 |
|
|
Memory accesses only.
|
506 |
|
|
|
507 |
|
|
`width'
|
508 |
|
|
`w'
|
509 |
|
|
Access width only.
|
510 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
512 |
|
|
`-g=N'
|
513 |
|
|
`--group=N'
|
514 |
|
|
Group 2^n bits of successive addresses together.
|
515 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
`-f=FILE'
|
517 |
|
|
`--filename=FILE'
|
518 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The data file to analyse. If not specified, the default,
|
519 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`sim.profile' is used.
|
520 |
|
|
|
521 |
|
|
`FROM'
|
522 |
|
|
`TO'
|
523 |
|
|
FROM and TO are respectively the start and end address of the
|
524 |
|
|
region of memory to be analysed.
|
525 |
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
528 |
442 |
julius |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Trace Generation, Next: Simulator Library, Prev: Memory Profiling Utility, Up: Usage
|
529 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
530 |
442 |
julius |
2.4 Trace Generation
|
531 |
|
|
====================
|
532 |
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
An execution trace can be generated at run time with options passed by
|
534 |
|
|
the command line, or via the operating system's signal passing
|
535 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
mechanism, or by `l.nop' opcodes in an application program.
|
536 |
442 |
julius |
|
537 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
The following flag can be used to create an execution dump.
|
538 |
450 |
jeremybenn |
|
539 |
442 |
julius |
`-t'
|
540 |
|
|
`--trace'
|
541 |
|
|
Dump instruction just executed and any register/memory location
|
542 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
changed after each instruction (one line per instruction). Each
|
543 |
|
|
line starts with either "S" or "U" to indicate whether the
|
544 |
|
|
processor was in supervisor or user mode _when the instruction
|
545 |
|
|
completed_. It is worth bearing in mind that tracing happens at
|
546 |
|
|
completion of instruction execution and shows the state at that
|
547 |
|
|
time.
|
548 |
442 |
julius |
|
549 |
450 |
jeremybenn |
Passing a signal `SIGUSR1' while the simulator is running toggles trace
|
550 |
|
|
generation. This can be done with the following command, assuming
|
551 |
|
|
Or1ksim's executable name is `or32-elf-sim':
|
552 |
|
|
|
553 |
|
|
pkill -SIGUSR1 or32-elf-sim
|
554 |
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
This is useful in the case where trace output is desired after a
|
556 |
|
|
significant amount of simulation time, where it would be inconvenient to
|
557 |
|
|
generate trace up to that point.
|
558 |
|
|
|
559 |
|
|
If the `pkill' utility is not available, the `kill' utility can be used
|
560 |
|
|
if Or1ksim's process number is known. Use the following to determine
|
561 |
|
|
the process ID of the `or32-elf-sim' and then send the `SIGUSR1'
|
562 |
|
|
command to toggle execution trace generation:
|
563 |
|
|
|
564 |
|
|
ps a | grep or32-elf-sim
|
565 |
|
|
kill -SIGUSR1 _process-number_
|
566 |
|
|
|
567 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
Tracing can also be enabled and disabled from within a target program
|
568 |
|
|
using the `l.nop 8' and `l.nop 9' opcodes to enable and disable tracing
|
569 |
|
|
respectively.
|
570 |
|
|
|
571 |
|
|
By default tracing will show the virtual address of each instruction
|
572 |
|
|
traced. This may be controlled by two options, `--trace-physical' to
|
573 |
|
|
show the physical address and/or `--trace-virtual' to show the virtual
|
574 |
|
|
address. If neither is specified, the virtual address is shown.
|
575 |
|
|
|
576 |
|
|
Note: Either or both flags may be specified without `--trace', to
|
577 |
|
|
indicate how addresses should be shown if subsequently enabled by a
|
578 |
|
|
`SIGUSER1' signal or `l.nop 8' opcode.
|
579 |
|
|
|
580 |
442 |
julius |
|
581 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Simulator Library, Next: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface, Prev: Trace Generation, Up: Usage
|
582 |
|
|
|
583 |
|
|
2.5 Simulator Library
|
584 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
=====================
|
585 |
|
|
|
586 |
|
|
Or1ksim may be used as a static of dynamic library, `libsim.a' or
|
587 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`libsim.so'. When compiling with the static library, the flag, `-lsim'
|
588 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
should be added to the link command.
|
589 |
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
The header file `or1ksim.h' contains appropriate declarations of the
|
591 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
functions exported by the Or1ksim library. These are:
|
592 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
593 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_init (int ARGC, char *ARGV, void
|
594 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
*CLASS_PTR, int (*UPR)(void *CLASS_PTR, unsigned long int
|
595 |
|
|
ADDR, unsigned char MASK[], unsigned char RDATA[], int
|
596 |
|
|
DATA_LEN), int (*UPW)(void *CLASS_PTR, unsigned long int
|
597 |
|
|
ADDR, unsigned char MASK[], unsigned char WDATA[], int
|
598 |
|
|
DATA_LEN))
|
599 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
The initialization function is supplied with a vector of arguments,
|
600 |
|
|
which are interpreted as arguments to the standalone version (see
|
601 |
|
|
*note Standalone Simulator: Standalone Simulator.), a pointer to
|
602 |
|
|
the calling class, CLASS_PTR (since the library may be used from
|
603 |
|
|
C++) and two up-call functions, one for reads, UPR, and one for
|
604 |
|
|
writes, UPW.
|
605 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
606 |
|
|
UPW is called for any write to an address external to the model
|
607 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(determined by a `generic' section in the configuration file).
|
608 |
|
|
UPR is called for any reads to an external address. The CLASS_PTR
|
609 |
|
|
is passed back with these upcalls, allowing the function to
|
610 |
|
|
associate the call with the class which originally initialized the
|
611 |
93 |
jeremybenn |
library. Both UPW and UPR should return zero on success and
|
612 |
|
|
non-zero otherwise. At the present time the meaning of non-zero
|
613 |
|
|
values is not defined but this may change in the future.
|
614 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
615 |
93 |
jeremybenn |
MASK indicates which bytes in the data are to be written or read.
|
616 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Bytes to be read/written should have 0xff set in MASK. Otherwise
|
617 |
93 |
jeremybenn |
the byte should be zero. The adddress, ADDR, is the _full_
|
618 |
|
|
address, since the upcall function must handle all generic
|
619 |
|
|
devices, using the full address for decoding.
|
620 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
621 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Endianness is not a concern, since Or1ksim is transferring byte
|
622 |
|
|
vectors, not multi-byte values.
|
623 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
624 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
The result indicates whether the initialization was successful.
|
625 |
|
|
The integer values are available as an `enum or1ksim', with
|
626 |
|
|
possible values `OR1KSIM_RC_OK' and `OR1KSIM_RC_BADINIT'.
|
627 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
628 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Caution: This is a change from versions 0.3.0 and 0.4.0. It
|
629 |
|
|
further simplifies the interface, and makes Or1ksim more
|
630 |
|
|
consistent with payload representation in SystemC TLM 2.0.
|
631 |
|
|
|
632 |
93 |
jeremybenn |
Note: The current implementation of Or1ksim always transfers
|
633 |
|
|
single words (4 bytes), using masks if smaller values are
|
634 |
|
|
required. In this it mimcs the behavior of the WishBone bus.
|
635 |
|
|
|
636 |
|
|
|
637 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_run (double DURATION)
|
638 |
|
|
Run the simulator for the simulated duration specified (in
|
639 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
seconds). A duration of -1 indicates `run forever'
|
640 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
641 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
The result indicates how the run terminated. The integer values
|
642 |
|
|
are available as an `enum or1ksim', with possible values
|
643 |
|
|
`OR1KSIM_RC_OK' (ran for the full duration), `OR1KSIM_RC_BRKPT'
|
644 |
|
|
(terminated early due to hitting a breakpoint) and
|
645 |
|
|
`OR1KSIM_RC_HALTED' (terminated early due to hitting `l.nop 1').
|
646 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
647 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
|
648 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': void or1ksim_reset_duration (double DURATION)
|
649 |
|
|
Change the duration of a run specified in an earlier call to
|
650 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`or1ksim_run'. Typically this is called from an upcall, which
|
651 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
realizes it needs to change the duration of the run specified in
|
652 |
|
|
the call to `or1ksim_run' that has been interrupted by the upcall.
|
653 |
|
|
|
654 |
|
|
The time specified is the amount of time that the run must continue
|
655 |
|
|
for (i.e the duration from _now_, not the duration from the
|
656 |
|
|
original call to `or1ksim_run').
|
657 |
|
|
|
658 |
|
|
|
659 |
|
|
-- `or1ksim.h': void or1ksim_set_time_point ()
|
660 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set a timing point. For use with `or1ksim_get_time_period'.
|
661 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
662 |
|
|
|
663 |
|
|
-- `or1ksim.h': double or1ksim_get_time_period ()
|
664 |
|
|
Return the simulated time (in seconds) that has elapsed since the
|
665 |
|
|
last call to `or1ksim_set_time_point'.
|
666 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
|
668 |
|
|
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_is_le ()
|
669 |
|
|
Return 1 (logical true) if the Or1ksim simulation is
|
670 |
|
|
little-endian, 0 otherwise.
|
671 |
|
|
|
672 |
|
|
|
673 |
|
|
-- `or1ksim.h': unsigned long int or1ksim_clock_rate ()
|
674 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Return the Or1ksim clock rate (in Hz). This is the value
|
675 |
|
|
specified in the configuration file.
|
676 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
677 |
|
|
|
678 |
|
|
-- `or1ksim.h': void or1ksim_interrupt (int I)
|
679 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Generate an edge-triggered interrupt on interrupt line I. The
|
680 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
interrupt must be cleared separately by clearing the corresponding
|
681 |
|
|
bit in the PICSR SPR. Until the interrupt is cleared, any further
|
682 |
|
|
interrupts on the same line will be ignored with a warning. A
|
683 |
|
|
warning will be generated and the interrupt request ignored if
|
684 |
|
|
level sensitive interrupts have been configured with the
|
685 |
|
|
programmable interrupt controller (*note Interrupt Configuration:
|
686 |
|
|
Interrupt Configuration.).
|
687 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
688 |
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
-- `or1ksim.h': void or1ksim_interrupt_set (int I)
|
690 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Assert a level-triggered interrupt on interrupt line I. The
|
691 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
interrupt must be cleared separately by an explicit call to
|
692 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
`or1ksim_interrupt_clear'. Until the interrupt is cleared, any
|
693 |
|
|
further setting of interrupts on the same line will be ignored
|
694 |
|
|
with a warning. A warning will be generated, and the interrupt
|
695 |
|
|
request ignored if edge sensitive interrupts have been configured
|
696 |
|
|
with the programmable interrupt controller (*note Interrupt
|
697 |
|
|
Configuration: Interrupt Configuration.).
|
698 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
699 |
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
-- `or1ksim.h': void or1ksim_interrupt_clear (int I)
|
701 |
|
|
Clear a level-triggered interrupt on interrupt line I, which was
|
702 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
previously asserted by a call to `or1ksim_interrupt_set'. A
|
703 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
warning will be generated, and the interrupt request ignored if
|
704 |
|
|
edge sensitive interrupts have been configured with the
|
705 |
|
|
programmable interrupt controller (*note Interrupt Configuration:
|
706 |
|
|
Interrupt Configuration.).
|
707 |
|
|
|
708 |
|
|
|
709 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': double or1ksim_jtag_reset ()
|
710 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Drive a reset sequence through the JTAG interface. Return the
|
711 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(model) time taken for this action. Remember that the JTAG has
|
712 |
|
|
its own clock, which can be an order of magnitude slower than the
|
713 |
|
|
main clock, so even a reset (5 JTAG cycles) could take 50
|
714 |
|
|
processor clock cycles to complete.
|
715 |
|
|
|
716 |
|
|
|
717 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': double or1ksim_jtag_shift_ir (unsigned char *JREG, int
|
718 |
|
|
NUM_BITS)
|
719 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
Shift the supplied register through the JTAG instruction register.
|
720 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Return the (model) time taken for this action. The register is
|
721 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
supplied as a byte vector, with the least significant bits in the
|
722 |
|
|
least significant byte. If the total number of bits is not an
|
723 |
|
|
exact number of bytes, then the odd bits are found in the least
|
724 |
|
|
significant end of the highest numbered byte.
|
725 |
|
|
|
726 |
|
|
For example a 12-bit register would have bits 0-7 in byte 0 and
|
727 |
|
|
bits 11-8 in the least significant 4 bits of byte 1.
|
728 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
730 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': double or1ksim_jtag_shift_dr (unsigned char *JREG, int
|
731 |
|
|
NUM_BITS)
|
732 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
Shift the supplied register through the JTAG data register.
|
733 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Return the (model) time taken for this action. The register is
|
734 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
supplied as a byte vector, with the least significant bits in the
|
735 |
|
|
least significant byte. If the total number of bits is not an
|
736 |
|
|
exact number of bytes, then the odd bits are found in the least
|
737 |
|
|
significant end of the highest numbered byte.
|
738 |
|
|
|
739 |
|
|
For example a 12-bit register would have bits 0-7 in byte 0 and
|
740 |
|
|
bits 11-8 in the least significant 4 bits of byte 1.
|
741 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
743 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_read_mem (unsigned long int ADDR, unsigned
|
744 |
|
|
char *BUF, int LEN)
|
745 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Read LEN bytes from ADDR, placing the result in BUF. Return LEN
|
746 |
|
|
on success and 0 on failure.
|
747 |
|
|
|
748 |
|
|
Note: This function was added in Or1ksim 0.5.0.
|
749 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
751 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_write_mem (unsigned long int ADDR, const
|
752 |
|
|
unsigned char *BUF, int LEN)
|
753 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Write LEN bytes to ADDR, taking the data from BUF. Return LEN on
|
754 |
|
|
success and 0 on failure.
|
755 |
|
|
|
756 |
|
|
Note: This function was added in Or1ksim 0.5.0.
|
757 |
|
|
|
758 |
|
|
|
759 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_read_spr (int SPRNUM, unsigned long int
|
760 |
|
|
*SPRVAL_PTR)
|
761 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Read the SPR specified by SPRNUM, placing the result in
|
762 |
|
|
SPRVAL_PTR. Return non-zero on success and 0 on failure.
|
763 |
|
|
|
764 |
|
|
Note: This function was added in Or1ksim 0.5.0.
|
765 |
|
|
|
766 |
|
|
|
767 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_write_spr (int SPRNUM, unsigned long int
|
768 |
|
|
SPRVA)
|
769 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Write SPRVAL to the SPR specified by SPRNUM. Return non-zero on
|
770 |
|
|
success and 0 on failure.
|
771 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
|
Note: This function was added in Or1ksim 0.5.0.
|
773 |
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
|
775 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_read_reg (int REGNUM, unsigned long int
|
776 |
|
|
*REGVAL_PTR)
|
777 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Read the general purpose register specified by REGNUM, placing the
|
778 |
|
|
result in REGVAL_PTR. Return non-zero on success and 0 on failure.
|
779 |
|
|
|
780 |
|
|
Note: This function was added in Or1ksim 0.5.0.
|
781 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
|
|
783 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': int or1ksim_write_reg (int REGNUM, unsigned long int
|
784 |
|
|
REGVA)
|
785 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Write REGVAL to the general purpose register specified by REGNUM.
|
786 |
|
|
Return non-zero on success and 0 on failure.
|
787 |
|
|
|
788 |
|
|
Note: This function was added in Or1ksim 0.5.0.
|
789 |
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
791 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
-- `or1ksim.h': void or1ksim_set_stall_state (int STATE)
|
792 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Set the processor's state according to STATE (1 = stalled, 0 = not
|
793 |
|
|
stalled).
|
794 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
Note: This function was added in Or1ksim 0.5.0.
|
796 |
|
|
|
797 |
|
|
|
798 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
The libraries will be installed in the `lib' sub-directory of the main
|
799 |
|
|
installation directory (as specified with the `--prefix' option to the
|
800 |
|
|
`configure' script).
|
801 |
|
|
|
802 |
|
|
For example if the main installation directory is `/opt/or1ksim', the
|
803 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
library will be found in the `/opt/or1ksim/lib' directory. It is
|
804 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
available as both a static library (`libsim.a') and a shared object
|
805 |
|
|
(`libsim.so').
|
806 |
|
|
|
807 |
|
|
To link against the library add the `-lsim' flag when linking and do
|
808 |
|
|
one of the following:
|
809 |
|
|
|
810 |
|
|
* Add the library directory to the `LD_LIBRARY_PATH' environment
|
811 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
variable during execution. For example:
|
812 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
813 |
|
|
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/or1ksim/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
814 |
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
* Add the library directory to the `LD_RUN_PATH' environment
|
816 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
variable during linking. For example:
|
817 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
818 |
|
|
export LD_RUN_PATH=/opt/or1ksim/lib:$LD_RUN_PATH
|
819 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
* Use the linker `--rpath' option and specify the library directory
|
821 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
when linking your program. For example
|
822 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
823 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
gcc ... -Wl,--rpath -Wl,/opt/or1ksim/lib ...
|
824 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
825 |
|
|
* Add the library directory to `/etc/ld.so.conf'
|
826 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
828 |
|
|
|
829 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface, Next: l.nop Support, Prev: Simulator Library, Up: Usage
|
830 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
|
831 |
442 |
julius |
2.6 Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface
|
832 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
==============================
|
833 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
When an Ethernet peripheral is configured (*note Ethernet
|
835 |
|
|
Configuration: Ethernet Configuration.), one option is to tunnel
|
836 |
|
|
traffic through a TUN/TAP interface. The low level TAP interface is
|
837 |
|
|
used to tunnel raw Ethernet datagrams.
|
838 |
|
|
|
839 |
|
|
The TAP interface can then be connected to a physical Ethernet through a
|
840 |
|
|
bridge, allowing the Or1ksim model to connect to a physical network.
|
841 |
|
|
This is particularly when Or1ksim is running the OpenRISC Linux kernel
|
842 |
|
|
image.
|
843 |
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
This section explains how to set up a bridge for use by Or1ksim. It does
|
845 |
|
|
require superuser access to the host machine (or at least the relevant
|
846 |
|
|
network capabilities). A system administrator can modify these
|
847 |
|
|
guidelines so they are executed on reboot if appropriate.
|
848 |
|
|
|
849 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
850 |
|
|
|
851 |
|
|
* Setting Up a Persistent TAP device::
|
852 |
|
|
* Establishing a Bridge::
|
853 |
|
|
* Opening the Firewall::
|
854 |
|
|
* Disabling Ethernet Filtering::
|
855 |
|
|
* Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox::
|
856 |
|
|
* Tearing Down a Bridge::
|
857 |
|
|
|
858 |
|
|
|
859 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Setting Up a Persistent TAP device, Next: Establishing a Bridge, Up: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface
|
860 |
|
|
|
861 |
442 |
julius |
2.6.1 Setting Up a Persistent TAP device
|
862 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
----------------------------------------
|
863 |
|
|
|
864 |
|
|
TUN/TAP devices can be created dynamically, but this requires superuser
|
865 |
|
|
privileges (or at least `CAP_NET_ADMIN' capability). The solution is
|
866 |
|
|
to create a persistent TAP device. This can be done using either
|
867 |
|
|
`openvpn' or `tunctl'. In either case the package must be installed on
|
868 |
|
|
the host system. Using `openvpn', the following would set up a TAP
|
869 |
|
|
interface for a specified user and group.
|
870 |
|
|
|
871 |
|
|
openvpn --mktun --dev tap_n_ --user _username_ --group _groupname_
|
872 |
|
|
|
873 |
|
|
|
874 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Establishing a Bridge, Next: Opening the Firewall, Prev: Setting Up a Persistent TAP device, Up: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface
|
875 |
|
|
|
876 |
442 |
julius |
2.6.2 Establishing a Bridge
|
877 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
---------------------------
|
878 |
|
|
|
879 |
|
|
A bridge is a "virtual" local area network interfaces, subsuming two or
|
880 |
|
|
more existing network interfaces. In this case we will bridge the
|
881 |
|
|
physical Ethernet interface of the host with the TAP interface that
|
882 |
|
|
will be used by Or1ksim.
|
883 |
|
|
|
884 |
|
|
The Ethernet and TAP must lose their own individual IP addresses (by
|
885 |
|
|
setting them to 0.0.0.0) and are replaced by the IP address of the
|
886 |
|
|
bridge interface. To do this we use the `bridge-utils' package, which
|
887 |
|
|
must be installed on the host system. These commands are require
|
888 |
|
|
superuser privileges or `CAP_NET_ADMIN' capability. To create a new
|
889 |
|
|
interface `br_n_' the following commands are appropriate.
|
890 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
brctl addbr br_n_
|
892 |
|
|
brctl addif br_n_ eth_x_
|
893 |
|
|
brctl addif br_n_ tap_y_
|
894 |
|
|
|
895 |
|
|
ifconfig eth_x_ 0.0.0.0 promisc up
|
896 |
|
|
ifconfig tap_y_ 0.0.0.0 promisc up
|
897 |
|
|
|
898 |
|
|
dhclient br_n_
|
899 |
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
The last command instructs the bridge to obtain its IP address, netmask,
|
901 |
|
|
broadcast address, gateway and nameserver information using DHCP. In a
|
902 |
|
|
network without DHCP it should be replaced by `ifconfig' to set a
|
903 |
|
|
static IP address, netmask and broadcast address.
|
904 |
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
Note: This will leave a spare dhclient process running in the
|
906 |
|
|
background, which should be killed for tidiness. There is a
|
907 |
|
|
technique to avoid this using `omshell', but that is beyond the
|
908 |
|
|
scope of this guide.
|
909 |
|
|
|
910 |
|
|
Note: It is not clear to the author why the existing interfaces
|
911 |
|
|
need to be brought up in promiscuous mode, but it seems to cure
|
912 |
|
|
various problems.
|
913 |
|
|
|
914 |
|
|
|
915 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Opening the Firewall, Next: Disabling Ethernet Filtering, Prev: Establishing a Bridge, Up: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface
|
916 |
|
|
|
917 |
442 |
julius |
2.6.3 Opening the Firewall
|
918 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
--------------------------
|
919 |
|
|
|
920 |
|
|
Firewall rules should be added to ensure traffic flows freely through
|
921 |
|
|
the TAP and bridge interfaces. As superuser the following commands are
|
922 |
|
|
appropriate.
|
923 |
|
|
|
924 |
|
|
iptables -A INPUT -i tap_y_ -j ACCEPT
|
925 |
|
|
iptables -A INPUT -i br_n_ -j ACCEPT
|
926 |
|
|
iptables -A FORWARD -i br_n_ -j ACCEPT
|
927 |
|
|
|
928 |
|
|
|
929 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Disabling Ethernet Filtering, Next: Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox, Prev: Opening the Firewall, Up: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface
|
930 |
|
|
|
931 |
442 |
julius |
2.6.4 Disabling Ethernet Filtering
|
932 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
----------------------------------
|
933 |
|
|
|
934 |
|
|
Some systems may have ethernet filtering enabled (`ebtables',
|
935 |
|
|
`bridge-nf', `arptables') which will stop traffic flowing through the
|
936 |
|
|
bridge.
|
937 |
|
|
|
938 |
|
|
The easiest way to disable this is by writing zero to all `bridge-nf-*'
|
939 |
|
|
entries in `/proc/sys/net/bridge'. As superuser the following commands
|
940 |
|
|
will achieve this.
|
941 |
|
|
|
942 |
|
|
cd /proc/sys/net/bridge
|
943 |
|
|
for f in bridge-nf-*; do echo 0 > $f; done
|
944 |
|
|
|
945 |
|
|
|
946 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox, Next: Tearing Down a Bridge, Prev: Disabling Ethernet Filtering, Up: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface
|
947 |
|
|
|
948 |
442 |
julius |
2.6.5 Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox
|
949 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
------------------------------------------------
|
950 |
|
|
|
951 |
|
|
The main use of this style of Ethernet interface to Or1ksim is when
|
952 |
|
|
running the OpenRISC Linux kernel with BusyBox. The following commands
|
953 |
|
|
in the BusyBox console window will configure the Ethernet interface
|
954 |
|
|
(assumed to be `eth0') and bring it up with a DHCP assigned address.
|
955 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
ifconfig eth0
|
957 |
|
|
ifup eth0
|
958 |
|
|
|
959 |
|
|
At this stage interface to IP addresses will work correctly.
|
960 |
|
|
|
961 |
|
|
For DNS to work the BusyBox system needs to know where to find a
|
962 |
|
|
nameserver. Under BusyBox, `udhcp' does not configure
|
963 |
|
|
`/etc/resolv.conf' automatically.
|
964 |
|
|
|
965 |
|
|
The solution is to duplicate the nameserver entry from the
|
966 |
|
|
`/etc/resolv.conf' file of the host on the BusyBox system. A typical
|
967 |
|
|
file might be as follows:
|
968 |
|
|
|
969 |
|
|
`nameserver 192.168.0.1'
|
970 |
|
|
|
971 |
|
|
It is convenient to make this permanent within the Linux initramfs. Add
|
972 |
|
|
the file as `arch/openrisc/support/initramfs/etc/resolv.conf' within
|
973 |
|
|
the Linux source tree and rebuild `vmlinux'. It will then be present
|
974 |
|
|
automatically.
|
975 |
|
|
|
976 |
|
|
One of the most useful functions that is possible is to mount the host
|
977 |
|
|
file system through NFS. For example, from the BusyBox console:
|
978 |
|
|
|
979 |
|
|
mount -t nfs -o nolock 192.168.0.60:/home /mnt
|
980 |
|
|
|
981 |
|
|
Another useful technique is to telnet into the BusyBox system from the
|
982 |
|
|
host. This is particularly valuable when a console process locks up,
|
983 |
|
|
since the `xterm' console will not recognize ctrl-C. Instead the rogue
|
984 |
|
|
process can be killed from a telnet connection.
|
985 |
|
|
|
986 |
|
|
|
987 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Tearing Down a Bridge, Prev: Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox, Up: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface
|
988 |
|
|
|
989 |
442 |
julius |
2.6.6 Tearing Down a Bridge
|
990 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
---------------------------
|
991 |
|
|
|
992 |
|
|
There is little reason why a bridge should ever need to be torn down,
|
993 |
|
|
but if desired, the following commands will achieve the effect.
|
994 |
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
ifconfig br_n_ down
|
996 |
|
|
brctl delbr br_n_
|
997 |
|
|
|
998 |
|
|
dhclient eth_x_
|
999 |
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
As before this will leave a spare `dhclient' process in the background
|
1001 |
|
|
which should be killed.
|
1002 |
|
|
|
1003 |
|
|
If desired the TAP interface can be deleted using
|
1004 |
|
|
|
1005 |
|
|
openvpn --rmtun -dev tap_y_
|
1006 |
|
|
|
1007 |
|
|
Caution: The TAP interface should not be in use when running this
|
1008 |
|
|
command. For example any OpenRISC Linux/BusyBox sessions should be
|
1009 |
|
|
closed first.
|
1010 |
|
|
|
1011 |
|
|
|
1012 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: l.nop Support, Prev: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface, Up: Usage
|
1013 |
|
|
|
1014 |
|
|
2.7 l.nop Opcode Support
|
1015 |
|
|
========================
|
1016 |
|
|
|
1017 |
|
|
The OpenRISC `l.nop' opcode can take a parameter. This has no effect
|
1018 |
|
|
on the semantics of the opcode, but can be used to trigger side effect
|
1019 |
|
|
behavior in a simulator. Within Or1ksim, the following parameters are
|
1020 |
|
|
supported.
|
1021 |
|
|
|
1022 |
|
|
`l.nop 0'
|
1023 |
|
|
The equivalent to `l.nop' with no parameter. Has no side effects.
|
1024 |
|
|
|
1025 |
|
|
`l.nop 1'
|
1026 |
|
|
Execution of Or1ksim is terminated. This is used to implement the
|
1027 |
|
|
library `exit' functions.
|
1028 |
|
|
|
1029 |
|
|
`l.nop 2'
|
1030 |
|
|
Report the value in `r3' on the console as a 32-bit hex value.
|
1031 |
|
|
|
1032 |
|
|
`l.nop 3'
|
1033 |
|
|
In earlier versions of Or1ksim this treated `r3' as a pointer to a
|
1034 |
508 |
jeremybenn |
`printf' style format string, and registers `r4' through `r8' as
|
1035 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
parameters for that format string.
|
1036 |
|
|
|
1037 |
|
|
This opcode is no longer supported, and has no effect if used.
|
1038 |
|
|
|
1039 |
|
|
`l.nop 4'
|
1040 |
|
|
The value in `r3' is printed to standard output as an ASCII
|
1041 |
|
|
character. All library output routines are implemented using this
|
1042 |
|
|
opcode.
|
1043 |
|
|
|
1044 |
|
|
`l.nop 5'
|
1045 |
|
|
The statistics counters are reset.
|
1046 |
|
|
|
1047 |
|
|
`l.nop 6'
|
1048 |
|
|
The number of clock ticks since start of execution (a 64-bit
|
1049 |
|
|
value) is returned in `r11' (low 32 bits) and `r12' (high 32 bits).
|
1050 |
|
|
|
1051 |
|
|
`l.nop 7'
|
1052 |
|
|
The number of picoseconds per clock cycle is returned in `r11'.
|
1053 |
|
|
This is used with `l.nop 6' to implement timing functions.
|
1054 |
|
|
|
1055 |
|
|
`l.nop 8'
|
1056 |
|
|
Instruction tracing is turned on.
|
1057 |
|
|
|
1058 |
|
|
`l.nop 9'
|
1059 |
|
|
Instruction tracing is turned off.
|
1060 |
|
|
|
1061 |
483 |
jeremybenn |
`l.nop 10'
|
1062 |
|
|
A 32-bit random number is returned in `r11'.
|
1063 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
|
1064 |
483 |
jeremybenn |
The random numbers are generated using `random', which in turn is
|
1065 |
|
|
seeded through `srandom' using the host `/dev/urandom' if
|
1066 |
|
|
available, or else the process ID of the Or1ksim instance.
|
1067 |
|
|
|
1068 |
|
|
This opcode is particularly useful for situations where a target
|
1069 |
|
|
program running on Or1ksim needs to obtain genuine system entropy
|
1070 |
|
|
to generate random numbers.
|
1071 |
|
|
|
1072 |
|
|
`l.nop 11'
|
1073 |
|
|
Return a non-zero value in `r11'.
|
1074 |
|
|
|
1075 |
|
|
This opcode can be used to detect if a target is running under
|
1076 |
|
|
Or1ksim. Set `r11' to zero, issue this opcode, and look to see if
|
1077 |
|
|
`r11' is non-zero.
|
1078 |
|
|
|
1079 |
|
|
|
1080 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
|
1081 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Configuration, Next: Interactive Command Line, Prev: Usage, Up: Top
|
1082 |
|
|
|
1083 |
|
|
3 Configuration
|
1084 |
|
|
***************
|
1085 |
|
|
|
1086 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Or1ksim is configured through a configuration file. This is specified
|
1087 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
through the `-f' parameter to the Or1ksim command, or passed as a
|
1088 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
string when initializing the Or1ksim library. If no file is specified,
|
1089 |
|
|
the default `sim.cfg' is used. The file is looked for first in the
|
1090 |
224 |
jeremybenn |
current directory, then in the `$HOME/.or1ksim' directory of the user.
|
1091 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1092 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
1093 |
|
|
|
1094 |
|
|
* Configuration File Format::
|
1095 |
|
|
* Simulator Configuration::
|
1096 |
|
|
* Core OpenRISC Configuration::
|
1097 |
|
|
* Peripheral Configuration::
|
1098 |
|
|
|
1099 |
|
|
|
1100 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Configuration File Format, Next: Simulator Configuration, Up: Configuration
|
1101 |
|
|
|
1102 |
|
|
3.1 Configuration File Format
|
1103 |
|
|
=============================
|
1104 |
|
|
|
1105 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
The configuration file is a plain text file. A reference example,
|
1106 |
|
|
`sim.cfg', is included in the top level directory of the distribution.
|
1107 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1108 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
1109 |
|
|
|
1110 |
|
|
* Configuration File Preprocessing::
|
1111 |
|
|
* Configuration File Syntax::
|
1112 |
|
|
|
1113 |
|
|
|
1114 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Configuration File Preprocessing, Next: Configuration File Syntax, Up: Configuration File Format
|
1115 |
|
|
|
1116 |
|
|
3.1.1 Configuration File Preprocessing
|
1117 |
|
|
--------------------------------------
|
1118 |
|
|
|
1119 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The configuration file may include C style comments (i.e. delimited by
|
1120 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`/*' and `*/').
|
1121 |
|
|
|
1122 |
|
|
|
1123 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Configuration File Syntax, Prev: Configuration File Preprocessing, Up: Configuration File Format
|
1124 |
|
|
|
1125 |
|
|
3.1.2 Configuration File Syntax
|
1126 |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
1127 |
|
|
|
1128 |
|
|
The configuration file is divided into a series of sections, with the
|
1129 |
|
|
general form:
|
1130 |
|
|
|
1131 |
|
|
section SECTION_NAME
|
1132 |
|
|
|
1133 |
|
|
...
|
1134 |
|
|
|
1135 |
|
|
end
|
1136 |
|
|
|
1137 |
|
|
Sections may also have sub-sections within them (currently only the
|
1138 |
|
|
ATA/ATAPI disc interface uses this).
|
1139 |
|
|
|
1140 |
|
|
Within a section, or sub-section are a series of parameter assignments,
|
1141 |
|
|
one per line, withe the general form
|
1142 |
|
|
|
1143 |
|
|
PARAMETER = VALUE
|
1144 |
|
|
|
1145 |
|
|
Depending on the parameter, the value may be a named value (an
|
1146 |
|
|
enumeration), an integer (specified in any format acceptable in C) or a
|
1147 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
string in doubple quotes. For flag parameters, the value 1 is used to
|
1148 |
|
|
mean "true" or "on" and the value "0" to mean "false" or "off". An
|
1149 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
example from a memory section shows each of these
|
1150 |
|
|
|
1151 |
|
|
section memory
|
1152 |
|
|
type = random
|
1153 |
|
|
pattern = 0x00
|
1154 |
|
|
name = "FLASH"
|
1155 |
|
|
...
|
1156 |
|
|
end
|
1157 |
|
|
|
1158 |
|
|
Many parameters are optional and take reasonable default values if not
|
1159 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
specified. However there are some parameters (for example the `ce'
|
1160 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
parameter in `section memory') _must_ be specified.
|
1161 |
|
|
|
1162 |
|
|
Subsections are introduced by a keyword, with a parameter value (no `='
|
1163 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
sign), and end with the same keyword prefixed by `end'. Thus the
|
1164 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
ATA/ATAPI inteface (`section ata') has a `device' subsection, thus:
|
1165 |
|
|
|
1166 |
|
|
section ata
|
1167 |
|
|
...
|
1168 |
|
|
device 0
|
1169 |
|
|
type = 1
|
1170 |
|
|
file = "FILENAME"
|
1171 |
|
|
...
|
1172 |
|
|
enddevice
|
1173 |
|
|
...
|
1174 |
|
|
end
|
1175 |
|
|
|
1176 |
|
|
Some sections (for example `section sim') should appear only once.
|
1177 |
|
|
Others (for example `section memory' may appear multiple times.
|
1178 |
|
|
|
1179 |
|
|
Sections may be omitted, _unless they contain parameters which are
|
1180 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
non-optional_. If the section describes a part of the simulator which
|
1181 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
is optional (for example whether it has a UART), then that
|
1182 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
functionality will not be provided. If the section describes a part of
|
1183 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
the simulator which is not optional (for example the CPU), then all the
|
1184 |
|
|
parameters of that section will take their default values.
|
1185 |
|
|
|
1186 |
|
|
All optional parts of the functionality are always described by
|
1187 |
|
|
sections including a `enabled' parameter, which can be set to 0 to
|
1188 |
|
|
ensure that functionality is explicitly omitted.
|
1189 |
|
|
|
1190 |
|
|
Even if a section is disabled, all its parameters will be read and
|
1191 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
stored. This is helpful if the section is subsequently enabled from
|
1192 |
|
|
the Or1ksim command line (*note Interactive Command Line: Interactive
|
1193 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Command Line.).
|
1194 |
|
|
|
1195 |
|
|
Tip: It generally clearer to have sections describing _all_
|
1196 |
|
|
components, with omitted functionality explicitly indicated by
|
1197 |
|
|
setting the `enabled' parameter to 0
|
1198 |
|
|
|
1199 |
|
|
The following sections describe the various configuration sections and
|
1200 |
|
|
the parameters which may be set in each.
|
1201 |
|
|
|
1202 |
|
|
|
1203 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Simulator Configuration, Next: Core OpenRISC Configuration, Prev: Configuration File Format, Up: Configuration
|
1204 |
|
|
|
1205 |
|
|
3.2 Simulator Configuration
|
1206 |
|
|
===========================
|
1207 |
|
|
|
1208 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
1209 |
|
|
|
1210 |
|
|
* Simulator Behavior::
|
1211 |
|
|
* Verification API Configuration::
|
1212 |
|
|
* CUC Configuration::
|
1213 |
|
|
|
1214 |
|
|
|
1215 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Simulator Behavior, Next: Verification API Configuration, Up: Simulator Configuration
|
1216 |
|
|
|
1217 |
|
|
3.2.1 Simulator Behavior
|
1218 |
|
|
------------------------
|
1219 |
|
|
|
1220 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Simulator behavior is described in `section sim'. This section should
|
1221 |
|
|
appear only once. The following parameters may be specified.
|
1222 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1223 |
|
|
`verbose = 0|1'
|
1224 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), print extra messages. Default 0.
|
1225 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1226 |
|
|
`debug = 0-9'
|
1227 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
|
1228 |
|
|
higher the value the greater the number of messages. Default 0.
|
1229 |
|
|
Negative values will be treated as 0 (with a warning). Values
|
1230 |
|
|
that are too large will be treated as 9 (with a warning).
|
1231 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1232 |
|
|
`profile = 0|1'
|
1233 |
|
|
If 1 (true) generate a profiling file using the file specified in
|
1234 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
the `prof_file' parameter or otherwise `sim.profile'. Default 0.
|
1235 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1236 |
|
|
`prof_file = ``FILENAME'''
|
1237 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Specifies the file to be used with the `profile' parameter.
|
1238 |
|
|
Default `sim.profile'. For backwards compatibility, the
|
1239 |
|
|
alternative name `prof_fn' is supported for this parameter, but
|
1240 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
deprecated. Default `sim.profile'.
|
1241 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1242 |
|
|
`mprofile = 0|1'
|
1243 |
|
|
If 1 (true) generate a memory profiling file using the file
|
1244 |
|
|
specified in the `mprof_file' parameter or otherwise
|
1245 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`sim.mprofile'. Default 0.
|
1246 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1247 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`mprof_file = ``FILENAME'''
|
1248 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Specifies the file to be used with the `mprofile' parameter.
|
1249 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Default `sim.mprofile'. For backwards compatibility, the
|
1250 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
alternative name `mprof_fn' is supported for this parameter, but
|
1251 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
deprecated. Default `sim.mprofile'.
|
1252 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1253 |
|
|
`history = 0|1'
|
1254 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true) track execution flow. Default 0.
|
1255 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1256 |
|
|
Note: Setting this parameter seriously degrades performance.
|
1257 |
|
|
|
1258 |
|
|
Note: If this execution flow tracking is enabled, then
|
1259 |
|
|
`dependstats' must be enabled in the CPU configuration
|
1260 |
|
|
section (*note CPU Configuration: CPU Configuration.).
|
1261 |
|
|
|
1262 |
|
|
`exe_log = 0|1'
|
1263 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), generate an execution log. Log is written to the
|
1264 |
|
|
file specified in parameter `exe_log_file'. Default 0.
|
1265 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1266 |
|
|
Note: Setting this parameter seriously degrades performance.
|
1267 |
|
|
|
1268 |
|
|
`exe_log_type = default|hardware|simple|software'
|
1269 |
|
|
Type of execution log to produce.
|
1270 |
|
|
|
1271 |
|
|
`default'
|
1272 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Produce default output for the execution log. In the current
|
1273 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
implementation this is the equivalent of `hardware'.
|
1274 |
|
|
|
1275 |
|
|
`hardware'
|
1276 |
|
|
After each instruction execution, log the number of
|
1277 |
|
|
instructions executed so far, the next instruction to execute
|
1278 |
|
|
(in hex), the general purpose registers (GPRs), status
|
1279 |
|
|
register, exception program counter, exception, effective
|
1280 |
|
|
address register and exception status register.
|
1281 |
|
|
|
1282 |
|
|
`simple'
|
1283 |
|
|
After each instruction execution, log the number of
|
1284 |
|
|
instructions executed so far and the next instruction to
|
1285 |
|
|
execute, symbolically disassembled.
|
1286 |
|
|
|
1287 |
|
|
`software'
|
1288 |
|
|
After each instruction execution, log the number of
|
1289 |
|
|
instructions executed so far and the next instruction to
|
1290 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
execute, symbolically disassembled. Also show the value of
|
1291 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
each operand to the instruction.
|
1292 |
|
|
|
1293 |
|
|
|
1294 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Default value `hardware'. Any unrecognized keyword (case
|
1295 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
insensitive) will be treated as the default with a warning.
|
1296 |
|
|
|
1297 |
|
|
Note: Execution logs can be _very_ big.
|
1298 |
|
|
|
1299 |
|
|
`exe_log_start = VALUE'
|
1300 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Address of the first instruction to start logging. Default 0.
|
1301 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1302 |
|
|
`exe_log_end = VALUE'
|
1303 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Address of the last instruction to log. Default no limit (i.e
|
1304 |
|
|
once started logging will continue until the simulator exits).
|
1305 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1306 |
|
|
`exe_log_marker = VALUE'
|
1307 |
|
|
Specifies the number of instructions between printing horizontal
|
1308 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
markers. Default is to produce no markers.
|
1309 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1310 |
|
|
`exe_log_file = FILENAME'
|
1311 |
|
|
Filename for the execution log filename if `exe_log' is enabled.
|
1312 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Default `executed.log'. For backwards compatibility, the
|
1313 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
alternative name `exe_log_fn' is supported for this parameter, but
|
1314 |
|
|
deprecated.
|
1315 |
|
|
|
1316 |
202 |
julius |
`exe_bin_insn_log = 0|1'
|
1317 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Enable logging of executed instructions to a file in binary format.
|
1318 |
|
|
This is helpful for off-line dynamic execution analysis.
|
1319 |
202 |
julius |
|
1320 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Note: Execution logs can be _very_ big. For example, while
|
1321 |
220 |
jeremybenn |
booting the Linux kernel, version 2.6.34, a log file 1.2GB in
|
1322 |
|
|
size was generated.
|
1323 |
202 |
julius |
|
1324 |
|
|
`exe_bin_insn_log_file = FILENAME'
|
1325 |
|
|
Filename for the binary execution log filename if
|
1326 |
|
|
`exe_bin_insn_log' is enabled. Default `exe-insn.bin'.
|
1327 |
|
|
|
1328 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`clkcycle = VALUE[ps|ns|us|ms]'
|
1329 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Specify the time taken by one clock cycle. If no units are
|
1330 |
|
|
specified, `ps' is assumed. Default 4000ps (250MHz).
|
1331 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1332 |
|
|
|
1333 |
|
|
|
1334 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Verification API Configuration, Next: CUC Configuration, Prev: Simulator Behavior, Up: Simulator Configuration
|
1335 |
|
|
|
1336 |
|
|
3.2.2 Verification API (VAPI) Configuration
|
1337 |
|
|
-------------------------------------------
|
1338 |
|
|
|
1339 |
|
|
The Verification API (VAPI) provides a TCP/IP interface to allow
|
1340 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
components of the simulation to be controlled externally. *Note
|
1341 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Verification API: Verification API, for more details.
|
1342 |
|
|
|
1343 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Verification API configuration is described in `section vapi'. This
|
1344 |
|
|
section may appear at most once. The following parameters may be
|
1345 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
specified.
|
1346 |
|
|
|
1347 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
1348 |
|
|
If 1 (true), verification API is enabled and its server started.
|
1349 |
|
|
If 0 (the default), it is disabled.
|
1350 |
|
|
|
1351 |
|
|
`server_port = VALUE'
|
1352 |
|
|
When VAPI is enabled, communication will be via TCP/IP on the port
|
1353 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
specified by VALUE. The value must lie in the range 1 to 65535.
|
1354 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
The default value is 50000.
|
1355 |
|
|
|
1356 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Tip: There is no registered port for Or1ksim VAPI. Good
|
1357 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
practice suggests users should adopt port values in the
|
1358 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
"Dynamic" or "Private" port range, i.e. 49152-65535.
|
1359 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1360 |
|
|
`log_enabled = 0|1'
|
1361 |
|
|
If 1 (true), all VAPI requests and sent commands will be logged.
|
1362 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 0 (the default), logging is diabled. Logs are written to the
|
1363 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
file specified by the `vapi_log_file' field (see below).
|
1364 |
|
|
|
1365 |
|
|
Caution: This can generate a substantial amount of file I/O
|
1366 |
|
|
and seriously degrade simulator performance.
|
1367 |
|
|
|
1368 |
|
|
`hide_device_id = 0|1'
|
1369 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true) don't log the device ID. If 0 (the default), log the
|
1370 |
|
|
device ID. This feature (when set to 1) is provided for backwards
|
1371 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
compatibility with an old version of VAPI.
|
1372 |
|
|
|
1373 |
|
|
`vapi_log_file = "FILENAME"'
|
1374 |
|
|
Use `filename' as the file for logged data is logging is enabled
|
1375 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(see `log_enabled' above). The default is `"vapi.log"'. For
|
1376 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
backwards compatibility, the alternative name `vapi_log_fn' is
|
1377 |
|
|
supported for this parameter, but deprecated.
|
1378 |
|
|
|
1379 |
|
|
|
1380 |
|
|
|
1381 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: CUC Configuration, Prev: Verification API Configuration, Up: Simulator Configuration
|
1382 |
|
|
|
1383 |
|
|
3.2.3 Custom Unit Compiler (CUC) Configuration
|
1384 |
|
|
----------------------------------------------
|
1385 |
|
|
|
1386 |
|
|
The Custom Unit Compiler (CUC) was a project by Marko Mlinar to generate
|
1387 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Verilog from ANSI C functions. The project seems to not have progressed
|
1388 |
|
|
beyond the initial prototype phase. The configuration parameters are
|
1389 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
described here for the record.
|
1390 |
|
|
|
1391 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
CUC configuration is described in `section cuc'. This section may
|
1392 |
|
|
appear at most once. The following parameters may be specified.
|
1393 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1394 |
|
|
`memory_order = none|weak|strong|exact'
|
1395 |
|
|
This parameter specifies the memory ordering required:
|
1396 |
|
|
|
1397 |
|
|
`memory_order=none'
|
1398 |
|
|
Different memory ordering, even if there are dependencies.
|
1399 |
|
|
Bursts can be made, width can change.
|
1400 |
|
|
|
1401 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`memory_order=weak'
|
1402 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Different memory ordering, even if there are dependencies. If
|
1403 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
dependencies cannot occur, then bursts can be made, width can
|
1404 |
|
|
change.
|
1405 |
|
|
|
1406 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`memory_order=strong'
|
1407 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Same memory ordering. Bursts can be made, width can change.
|
1408 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1409 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`memory_order=exact'
|
1410 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Exactly the same memory ordering and widths.
|
1411 |
|
|
|
1412 |
|
|
|
1413 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The default value is `memory_order=exact'. Invalid memory
|
1414 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
orderings are ignored with a warning.
|
1415 |
|
|
|
1416 |
|
|
`calling_convention = 0|1'
|
1417 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), programs follow OpenRISC calling conventions. If 0
|
1418 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
(the default), they may use other convenitions.
|
1419 |
|
|
|
1420 |
|
|
`enable_bursts = 0 | 1'
|
1421 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), bursts are detected. If 0 (the default), bursts are
|
1422 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
not detected.
|
1423 |
|
|
|
1424 |
|
|
`no_multicycle = 0 | 1'
|
1425 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), no multicycle logic paths will be generated. If 0
|
1426 |
|
|
(the default), multicycle logic paths will be generated.
|
1427 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1428 |
|
|
`timings_file = "FILENAME"'
|
1429 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
FILENAME specifies a file containing timing information. The
|
1430 |
|
|
default value is `"virtex.tim"'. For backwards compatibility, the
|
1431 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
alternative name `timings_fn' is supported for this parameter, but
|
1432 |
|
|
deprecated.
|
1433 |
|
|
|
1434 |
|
|
|
1435 |
|
|
|
1436 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Core OpenRISC Configuration, Next: Peripheral Configuration, Prev: Simulator Configuration, Up: Configuration
|
1437 |
|
|
|
1438 |
|
|
3.3 Configuring the OpenRISC Architectural Components
|
1439 |
|
|
=====================================================
|
1440 |
|
|
|
1441 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
1442 |
|
|
|
1443 |
|
|
* CPU Configuration::
|
1444 |
|
|
* Memory Configuration::
|
1445 |
|
|
* Memory Management Configuration::
|
1446 |
|
|
* Cache Configuration::
|
1447 |
|
|
* Interrupt Configuration::
|
1448 |
|
|
* Power Management Configuration::
|
1449 |
|
|
* Branch Prediction Configuration::
|
1450 |
|
|
* Debug Interface Configuration::
|
1451 |
|
|
|
1452 |
|
|
|
1453 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: CPU Configuration, Next: Memory Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1454 |
|
|
|
1455 |
|
|
3.3.1 CPU Configuration
|
1456 |
|
|
-----------------------
|
1457 |
|
|
|
1458 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
CPU configuration is described in `section cpu'. This section should
|
1459 |
|
|
appear only once. At present Or1ksim does not model multi-CPU systems.
|
1460 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
The following parameters may be specified.
|
1461 |
|
|
|
1462 |
|
|
`ver = VALUE'
|
1463 |
|
|
|
1464 |
|
|
`cfg = VALUE'
|
1465 |
|
|
|
1466 |
|
|
`rev = VALUE'
|
1467 |
|
|
The values are used to form the corresponding fields in the `VR'
|
1468 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Special Purpose Register (SPR 0). Default values 0. A warning is
|
1469 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
given and the value truncated if it is too large (8 bits for `ver'
|
1470 |
|
|
and `cfg', 6 bits for `rev').
|
1471 |
|
|
|
1472 |
|
|
`upr = VALUE'
|
1473 |
|
|
Used as the value of the Unit Present Register (UPR) Special
|
1474 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Purpose Register (SPR 1) to VALUE. Default value is 0x0000075f,
|
1475 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
i.e.
|
1476 |
|
|
* UPR present (0x00000001)
|
1477 |
|
|
|
1478 |
|
|
* Data cache present (0x00000002)
|
1479 |
|
|
|
1480 |
|
|
* Instruction cache present (0x00000004)
|
1481 |
|
|
|
1482 |
|
|
* Data MMY present (0x00000008)
|
1483 |
|
|
|
1484 |
|
|
* Instruction MMU present (0x00000010)
|
1485 |
|
|
|
1486 |
|
|
* Debug unit present (0x00000040)
|
1487 |
|
|
|
1488 |
|
|
* Power management unit present (0x00000100)
|
1489 |
|
|
|
1490 |
|
|
* Programmable interrupt controller present (0x00000200)
|
1491 |
|
|
|
1492 |
|
|
* Tick timer present (0x00000400)
|
1493 |
|
|
|
1494 |
|
|
However, with the exection of the UPR present (0x00000001) and tick
|
1495 |
|
|
timer present, the various fields will be modified with the values
|
1496 |
|
|
specified in their corresponding configuration sections.
|
1497 |
|
|
|
1498 |
|
|
`cfgr = VALUE'
|
1499 |
|
|
Sets the CPU configuration register (Special Purpose Register 2) to
|
1500 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE. Default value is 0x00000020, i.e. support for the ORBIS32
|
1501 |
|
|
instruction set. Attempts to set any other value are accepted, but
|
1502 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
issue a warning that there is no support for the instruction set.
|
1503 |
|
|
|
1504 |
|
|
`sr = VALUE'
|
1505 |
|
|
Sets the supervision register Special Purpose Register (SPR 0x11)
|
1506 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
to VALUE. Default value is 0x00008001, i.e. start in supervision
|
1507 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
mode (0x00000001) and set the "Fixed One" bit (0x00008000).
|
1508 |
|
|
|
1509 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
Note: This is particularly useful when an image is held in
|
1510 |
|
|
Flash at high memory (0xf0000000). The EPH bit can be set,
|
1511 |
|
|
so that interrupt vectors are basedf at 0xf0000000, rather
|
1512 |
|
|
than 0x0.
|
1513 |
|
|
|
1514 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`superscalar = 0|1'
|
1515 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1, the processor operates in superscalar mode. Default value is
|
1516 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
0.
|
1517 |
|
|
|
1518 |
|
|
In the current simulator, the only functional effect of superscalar
|
1519 |
|
|
mode is to affect the calculation of the number of cycles taken to
|
1520 |
|
|
execute an instruction.
|
1521 |
|
|
|
1522 |
|
|
Caution: The code for this does not appear to be complete or
|
1523 |
|
|
well tested, so users are advised not to use this option.
|
1524 |
|
|
|
1525 |
|
|
`hazards = 0|1'
|
1526 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1, data hazards are tracked in a superscalar CPU. Default
|
1527 |
|
|
value is 0.
|
1528 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1529 |
|
|
In the current simulator, the only functional effect is to cause
|
1530 |
|
|
logging of hazard waiting information if the CPU is superscalar.
|
1531 |
|
|
However nowhere in the simulator is this data actually computed,
|
1532 |
|
|
so the net result is probably to have no effect.
|
1533 |
|
|
|
1534 |
|
|
if harzards are tracked, current hazards can be displayed using the
|
1535 |
|
|
simulator's `r' command.
|
1536 |
|
|
|
1537 |
|
|
Caution: The code for this does not appear to be complete or
|
1538 |
|
|
well tested, so users are advised not to use this option.
|
1539 |
|
|
|
1540 |
|
|
`dependstats = 0|1'
|
1541 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1, inter-instruction dependencies are calculated. Default
|
1542 |
|
|
value 0.
|
1543 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1544 |
|
|
If these values are calculated, the depencies can be displayed
|
1545 |
|
|
using the simulator's `stat' command.
|
1546 |
|
|
|
1547 |
|
|
Note: This field must be enabled, if execution execution flow
|
1548 |
|
|
tracking (field `history') has been requested in the simulator
|
1549 |
|
|
configuration section (*note Simulator Behavior: Simulator
|
1550 |
|
|
Behavior.).
|
1551 |
|
|
|
1552 |
|
|
`sbuf_len = VALUE'
|
1553 |
|
|
The length of the store buffer is set to VALUE, which must be no
|
1554 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
greater than 256. Larger values will be truncated to 256 with a
|
1555 |
|
|
warning. Negative values will be treated as 0 with a warning.
|
1556 |
|
|
Use 0 to disable the store buffer.
|
1557 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1558 |
|
|
When the store buffer is active, stores are accumulated and
|
1559 |
|
|
committed when I/O is idle.
|
1560 |
|
|
|
1561 |
100 |
julius |
`hardfloat = 0|1'
|
1562 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
If 1, hardfloat instructions are enabled. Default value 0.
|
1563 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1564 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
|
1565 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1566 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Memory Configuration, Next: Memory Management Configuration, Prev: CPU Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1567 |
|
|
|
1568 |
|
|
3.3.2 Memory Configuration
|
1569 |
|
|
--------------------------
|
1570 |
|
|
|
1571 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Memory configuration is described in `section memory'. This section
|
1572 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
may appear multiple times, specifying multiple blocks of memory.
|
1573 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1574 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
Caution: The user may choose whether or not to enable a memory
|
1575 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
controller. If a memory controller is enabled, then appropriate
|
1576 |
|
|
initalization code must be provided. The section describing
|
1577 |
|
|
memory controller configuration describes the steps necessary for
|
1578 |
|
|
using smaller or larger memory sections (*note Memory Controller
|
1579 |
|
|
Configuration: Memory Controller Configuration.).
|
1580 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
|
1581 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
The "uClibc" startup code initalizes a memory controller, assumed
|
1582 |
|
|
to be mapped at 0x93000000. If a memory controller is _not_
|
1583 |
|
|
enabled, then the standard C library code will generate memory
|
1584 |
|
|
access errors. The solution is to declare an additional writable
|
1585 |
|
|
memory block, mimicing the memory controller's register bank as
|
1586 |
|
|
follows.
|
1587 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
|
1588 |
|
|
section memory
|
1589 |
|
|
pattern = 0x00
|
1590 |
|
|
type = unknown
|
1591 |
|
|
name = "MC shadow"
|
1592 |
|
|
baseaddr = 0x93000000
|
1593 |
|
|
size = 0x00000080
|
1594 |
|
|
delayr = 2
|
1595 |
|
|
delayw = 4
|
1596 |
|
|
end
|
1597 |
|
|
|
1598 |
|
|
|
1599 |
|
|
The following parameters may be specified.
|
1600 |
|
|
|
1601 |
418 |
julius |
`type=random|pattern|unknown|zero|exitnops'
|
1602 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Specifies the values to which memory should be initialized. The
|
1603 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
default value is `unknown'.
|
1604 |
|
|
|
1605 |
|
|
`random'
|
1606 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the memory values to be a random value. A seed for the
|
1607 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
random generator may be set using the `random_seed' field in
|
1608 |
|
|
this section (see below), thus ensuring the same "random"
|
1609 |
|
|
values are used each time.
|
1610 |
|
|
|
1611 |
|
|
`pattern'
|
1612 |
|
|
Set the memory values to be a pattern value, which is set
|
1613 |
|
|
using the `pattern' field in this section (see below).
|
1614 |
|
|
|
1615 |
|
|
`unknown'
|
1616 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The memory values are not initialized (i.e. left "unknown").
|
1617 |
240 |
julius |
This option will yield faster initialization of the
|
1618 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
simulator. This is the default.
|
1619 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1620 |
|
|
`zero'
|
1621 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the memory values to be 0. This is the equivalent of
|
1622 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`type=pattern' and a `pattern' value of 0, and implemented as
|
1623 |
|
|
such.
|
1624 |
|
|
|
1625 |
420 |
jeremybenn |
Note: As a consequence, if the `pattern' field is
|
1626 |
|
|
_subsequently_ specified in this section, the value in
|
1627 |
|
|
that field will be used instead of zero to initialize
|
1628 |
|
|
the memory.
|
1629 |
|
|
|
1630 |
418 |
julius |
`exitnops'
|
1631 |
|
|
Set the memory values to be an instruction used to signal end
|
1632 |
|
|
of simulation. This is useful for causing immediate end of
|
1633 |
|
|
simulation when PC corruption occurs.
|
1634 |
|
|
|
1635 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1636 |
|
|
`random_seed = VALUE'
|
1637 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the seed for the random number generator to VALUE. This only
|
1638 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
has any effect for memory type `random'.
|
1639 |
|
|
|
1640 |
|
|
The default value is -1, which means the seed will be set from a
|
1641 |
|
|
call to the `time' function, thus ensuring different random values
|
1642 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
are used on each run. The simulator prints out the seed used in
|
1643 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
this case, allowing repeat runs to regenerate the same random
|
1644 |
|
|
values used in any particular run.
|
1645 |
|
|
|
1646 |
|
|
`pattern = VALUE'
|
1647 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the pattern to be used when initializing memory to VALUE. The
|
1648 |
|
|
default value is 0. This only has any effect for memory type
|
1649 |
|
|
`pattern'. The least significant 8 bits of this value is used to
|
1650 |
|
|
initialize each byte. More than 8 bits can be specified, but will
|
1651 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
ignored with a warning.
|
1652 |
|
|
|
1653 |
|
|
Tip: The default value, is equivalent to setting the memory
|
1654 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`type' to be `zero'. If that is what is intended, then using
|
1655 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`type=zero' explicitly is better than using `type=pattern'
|
1656 |
|
|
and not specifying a value for `pattern'.
|
1657 |
|
|
|
1658 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
1659 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the base address of the memory to VALUE. It should be aligned
|
1660 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
to a multiple of the memory size rounded up to the nearest 2^n.
|
1661 |
|
|
The default value is 0.
|
1662 |
|
|
|
1663 |
|
|
`size = VALUE'
|
1664 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the size of the memory block to be VALUE bytes. This should
|
1665 |
|
|
be a multiple of 4 (i.e. word aligned). The default value is
|
1666 |
|
|
1024.
|
1667 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1668 |
|
|
Note: When allocating memory, the simulator will allocate the
|
1669 |
|
|
nearest 2^n bytes greater than or equal to VALUE, and will not
|
1670 |
|
|
notice memory misses in any part of the memory between VALUE
|
1671 |
|
|
and the amount allocated.
|
1672 |
|
|
|
1673 |
|
|
As a consequence users are strongly recommended to specify
|
1674 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
memory sizes that are an exact power of 2. If some other
|
1675 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
amount of memory is required, it should be specified as
|
1676 |
|
|
separate, contiguous blocks, each of which is a power of 2 in
|
1677 |
|
|
size.
|
1678 |
|
|
|
1679 |
|
|
`name = "TEXT"'
|
1680 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Name the block. Typically these describe the type of memory being
|
1681 |
|
|
modeled (thus `"SRAM"' or `"Flash"'. The default is
|
1682 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`"anonymous memory block"'.
|
1683 |
|
|
|
1684 |
|
|
Note: It is not clear that this information is currently ever
|
1685 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
used in normal operation of the simulator. Even the `info'
|
1686 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
command of the simulator ignores it.
|
1687 |
|
|
|
1688 |
|
|
`ce = VALUE'
|
1689 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the chip enable index of the memory instance. Each memory
|
1690 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
instance should have a unique chip enable index, which should be
|
1691 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
greater than or equal to zero. This is used by the memory
|
1692 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
controller when identifying different memory instances.
|
1693 |
|
|
|
1694 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
There is no requirement to set `ce' if a memory controller is not
|
1695 |
|
|
enabled. The default value is -1 (invalid).
|
1696 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1697 |
|
|
`mc = VALUE'
|
1698 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Specifies the memory controller this memory is connected to. It
|
1699 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
should correspond to the `index' field specified in a `section mc'
|
1700 |
|
|
for a memory controller (*note Memory Controller Configuration:
|
1701 |
|
|
Memory Controller Configuration.).
|
1702 |
|
|
|
1703 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
There is no requirement to set `mc' if a memory controller is not
|
1704 |
|
|
enabled. Default value is 0, which is also the default value of a
|
1705 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
memory controller `index' field. This is suitable therefore for
|
1706 |
|
|
designs with just one memory controller.
|
1707 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1708 |
|
|
`delayr = VALUE'
|
1709 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The number of cycles required for a read access. Set to -1 if the
|
1710 |
|
|
memory does not support reading. Default value 1. The simulator
|
1711 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
will add this number of cycles to the total instruction cycle
|
1712 |
|
|
count when reading from main memory.
|
1713 |
|
|
|
1714 |
|
|
`delayw = VALUE'
|
1715 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The number of cycles required for a write access. Set to -1 if the
|
1716 |
|
|
memory does not support writing. Default value 1. The simulator
|
1717 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
will add this number of cycles to the total instruction cycle
|
1718 |
|
|
count when writing to main memory.
|
1719 |
|
|
|
1720 |
|
|
`log = "FILE"'
|
1721 |
|
|
If specified, `file' names a file for all memory accesses to be
|
1722 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
logged. If not specified, the default value, NULL is used, meaning
|
1723 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
that the memory is not logged.
|
1724 |
|
|
|
1725 |
|
|
|
1726 |
|
|
|
1727 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Memory Management Configuration, Next: Cache Configuration, Prev: Memory Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1728 |
|
|
|
1729 |
|
|
3.3.3 Memory Management Configuration
|
1730 |
|
|
-------------------------------------
|
1731 |
|
|
|
1732 |
|
|
Memory Management Unit (MMU) configuration is described in `section
|
1733 |
|
|
dmmu' (for the data MMU) and `section immu' (for the instruction MMU).
|
1734 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Each section should appear at most once. The following parameters may
|
1735 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
be specified.
|
1736 |
|
|
|
1737 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
1738 |
|
|
If 1 (true), the data or instruction (as appropriate) MMU is
|
1739 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
enabled. If 0 (the default), it is disabled.
|
1740 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1741 |
|
|
`nsets = VALUE'
|
1742 |
|
|
Sets the number of data or instruction (as appropriate) TLB sets to
|
1743 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE, which must be a power of two, not exceeding 128. Values
|
1744 |
|
|
which do not fit these criteria are ignored with a warning. The
|
1745 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
default value is 1.
|
1746 |
|
|
|
1747 |
|
|
`nways = VALUE'
|
1748 |
|
|
Sets the number of data or instruction (as appropriate) TLB ways to
|
1749 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE. The value must be in the range 1 to 4. Values outside
|
1750 |
|
|
this range are ignored with a warning. The default value is 1.
|
1751 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1752 |
|
|
`pagesize = VALUE'
|
1753 |
|
|
The data or instruction (as appropriate) MMU page size is set to
|
1754 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE, which must be a power of 2. Values which are not a power
|
1755 |
|
|
of 2 are ignored with a warning. The default is 8192 (0x2000).
|
1756 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1757 |
|
|
`entrysize = VALUE'
|
1758 |
|
|
The data or instruction (as appropriate) MMU entry size is set to
|
1759 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE, which must be a power of 2. Values which are not a power
|
1760 |
|
|
of 2 are ignored with a warning. The default value is 1.
|
1761 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1762 |
|
|
Note: Or1ksim does not appear to use the `entrysize' parameter
|
1763 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
in its simulation of the MMUs. Thus setting this value does
|
1764 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
not seem to matter.
|
1765 |
|
|
|
1766 |
|
|
`ustates = VALUE'
|
1767 |
|
|
The number of instruction usage states for the data or instruction
|
1768 |
|
|
(as appropriate) MMU is set to VALUE, which must be 2, 3 or 4.
|
1769 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Values outside this range are ignored with a warning. The default
|
1770 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
value is 2.
|
1771 |
|
|
|
1772 |
|
|
Note: Or1ksim does not appear to use the `ustates' parameter
|
1773 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
in its simulation of the MMUs. Thus setting this value does
|
1774 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
not seem to matter.
|
1775 |
|
|
|
1776 |
|
|
`hitdelay = VALUE'
|
1777 |
|
|
Set the number of cycles a data or instruction (as appropriate) MMU
|
1778 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
hit costs. Default value 1.
|
1779 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1780 |
|
|
`missdelay = VALUE'
|
1781 |
|
|
Set the number of cycles a data or instruction (as appropriate) MMU
|
1782 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
miss costs. Default value 1.
|
1783 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1784 |
|
|
|
1785 |
|
|
|
1786 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Cache Configuration, Next: Interrupt Configuration, Prev: Memory Management Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1787 |
|
|
|
1788 |
|
|
3.3.4 Cache Configuration
|
1789 |
|
|
-------------------------
|
1790 |
|
|
|
1791 |
|
|
Cache configuration is described in `section dc' (for the data cache)
|
1792 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
and `seciton ic' (for the instruction cache). Each section should
|
1793 |
|
|
appear at most once. The following parameters may be specified.
|
1794 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1795 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
1796 |
|
|
If 1 (true), the data or instruction (as appropriate) cache is
|
1797 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
enabled. If 0 (the default), it is disabled.
|
1798 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1799 |
|
|
`nsets = VALUE'
|
1800 |
|
|
Sets the number of data or instruction (as appropriate) cache sets
|
1801 |
|
|
to VALUE, which must be a power of two, not exceeding
|
1802 |
|
|
`MAX_DC_SETS' (for the data cache) or `MAX_IC_SETS' (for the
|
1803 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
instruction cache). At the time of writing, these constants are
|
1804 |
|
|
both defined in the code to be 1024). The default value is 1.
|
1805 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1806 |
|
|
`nways = VALUE'
|
1807 |
|
|
Sets the number of data or instruction (as appropriate) cache ways
|
1808 |
|
|
to VALUE, which must be a power of two, not exceeding
|
1809 |
|
|
`MAX_DC_WAYS' (for the data cache) or `MAX_IC_WAYS' (for the
|
1810 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
instruction cache). At the time of writing, these constants are
|
1811 |
|
|
both defined in the code to be 32). The default value is 1.
|
1812 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1813 |
|
|
`blocksize = VALUE'
|
1814 |
|
|
The data or instruction (as appropriate) cache block size is set to
|
1815 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE bytes, which must be either 16 or 32. The default is 16.
|
1816 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1817 |
|
|
`ustates = VALUE'
|
1818 |
|
|
The number of instruction usage states for the data or instruction
|
1819 |
|
|
(as appropriate) cache is set to VALUE, which must be 2, 3 or 4.
|
1820 |
|
|
The default value is 2.
|
1821 |
|
|
|
1822 |
|
|
`hitdelay = VALUE'
|
1823 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
_Instruction cache only_. Set the number of cycles an instruction
|
1824 |
|
|
cache hit costs. Default value 1.
|
1825 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1826 |
|
|
`missdelay = VALUE'
|
1827 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
_Instruction cache only_. Set the number of cycles an instruction
|
1828 |
|
|
cache miss costs. Default value 1.
|
1829 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1830 |
|
|
`load_hitdelay = VALUE'
|
1831 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
_Data cache only_. Set the number of cycles a data load cache hit
|
1832 |
|
|
costs. Default value 2.
|
1833 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1834 |
|
|
`load_missdelay = VALUE'
|
1835 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
_Data cache only_. Set the number of cycles a data load cache
|
1836 |
|
|
miss costs. Default value 2.
|
1837 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1838 |
|
|
`store_hitdelay = VALUE'
|
1839 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
_Data cache only_. Set the number of cycles a data store cache hit
|
1840 |
|
|
costs. Default value 0.
|
1841 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1842 |
|
|
`store_missdelay = VALUE'
|
1843 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
_Data cache only_. Set the number of cycles a data store cache
|
1844 |
|
|
miss costs. Default value 0.
|
1845 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1846 |
|
|
|
1847 |
|
|
|
1848 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Interrupt Configuration, Next: Power Management Configuration, Prev: Cache Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1849 |
|
|
|
1850 |
|
|
3.3.5 Interrupt Configuration
|
1851 |
|
|
-----------------------------
|
1852 |
|
|
|
1853 |
|
|
Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC) configuration is described in
|
1854 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`section pic'. This section may appear at most once--Or1ksim has no
|
1855 |
|
|
mechanism for handling multiple interrupt controllers. The following
|
1856 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
parameters may be specified.
|
1857 |
|
|
|
1858 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
1859 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), the programmable interrupt controller is enabled. If
|
1860 |
|
|
|
1861 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1862 |
|
|
`edge_trigger = 0|1'
|
1863 |
|
|
If 1 (true, the default), the programmable interrupt controller is
|
1864 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
edge triggered. If 0 (false), it is level triggered.
|
1865 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1866 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
The library interface (*note Simulator Library: Simulator Library.)
|
1867 |
|
|
provides different functions for setting the different types of
|
1868 |
|
|
interrupt, and a function to clear level sensitive interrupts. Edge
|
1869 |
|
|
sensitive interrupts must be cleared by clearing the corresponding
|
1870 |
|
|
bit in the PICSR SPR.
|
1871 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1872 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
Internal functions to set and clear interrupts are also provided
|
1873 |
|
|
for peripherals implemented within Or1ksim. *Note Interrupts
|
1874 |
|
|
Internal: Interrupts Internal for more details.
|
1875 |
430 |
julius |
|
1876 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
`use_nmi = 0|1'
|
1877 |
|
|
If 1 (true, the default), interrupt lines 0 and 1 are
|
1878 |
|
|
non-maskable. In other words the least significant 2 bits of the
|
1879 |
|
|
PICMR SPR are hard-wired to 1. If 0 (false), all interrupt lines
|
1880 |
|
|
are treated as equivalent.
|
1881 |
430 |
julius |
|
1882 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
Note: These are not non-maskable in the true sense that they
|
1883 |
|
|
will pre-empt other interrupts. Rather they can never be
|
1884 |
|
|
masked out using the PICMR register. It is up the interrupt
|
1885 |
|
|
exception handler to give these interrupt lines priority, and
|
1886 |
|
|
indeed to decide on the priority order in general.
|
1887 |
430 |
julius |
|
1888 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
|
1889 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1890 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Power Management Configuration, Next: Branch Prediction Configuration, Prev: Interrupt Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1891 |
|
|
|
1892 |
|
|
3.3.6 Power Management Configuration
|
1893 |
|
|
------------------------------------
|
1894 |
|
|
|
1895 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Power management implementation is incomplete. At present the effect
|
1896 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
(which only happens when the power management unit is enabled) of
|
1897 |
|
|
setting the different bits in the power management Special Purpose
|
1898 |
|
|
Register (PMR, SPR 0x4000) is
|
1899 |
|
|
|
1900 |
|
|
`SDF (bit mask 0x0000000f)'
|
1901 |
|
|
No effect - these bits are ignored
|
1902 |
|
|
|
1903 |
|
|
`DME (bit mask 0x00000010)'
|
1904 |
|
|
`SME (bit mask 0x00000020)'
|
1905 |
|
|
Both these bits cause the processor to stop executing
|
1906 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
instructions. However all other functions (debug interaction, CLI,
|
1907 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
VAPI etc) carry on as normal.
|
1908 |
|
|
|
1909 |
|
|
`DCGE (bit mask 0x00000004)'
|
1910 |
|
|
No effect - this bit is ignored
|
1911 |
|
|
|
1912 |
|
|
`SUME (bit mask 0x00000008)'
|
1913 |
|
|
Enabling this bit causes a message to be printed, advising that the
|
1914 |
|
|
processor is suspending and the simulator exits.
|
1915 |
|
|
|
1916 |
|
|
|
1917 |
|
|
On reset all bits are cleared.
|
1918 |
|
|
|
1919 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Power management configuration is described in `section pm'. This
|
1920 |
|
|
section may appear at most once. The following parameter may be
|
1921 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
specified.
|
1922 |
|
|
|
1923 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
1924 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), power management is enabled. If 0 (the default), it
|
1925 |
|
|
is disabled.
|
1926 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1927 |
|
|
|
1928 |
|
|
|
1929 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Branch Prediction Configuration, Next: Debug Interface Configuration, Prev: Power Management Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1930 |
|
|
|
1931 |
|
|
3.3.7 Branch Prediction Configuration
|
1932 |
|
|
-------------------------------------
|
1933 |
|
|
|
1934 |
|
|
From examining the code base, it seems the branch prediction function
|
1935 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
is not fully implemented. At present the functionality seems
|
1936 |
|
|
restricted to collection of statistics.
|
1937 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1938 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Branch prediction configuration is described in `section bpb'. This
|
1939 |
|
|
section may appear at most once. The following parameters may be
|
1940 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
specified.
|
1941 |
|
|
|
1942 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
1943 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), branch prediction is enabled. If 0 (the default), it
|
1944 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
is disabled.
|
1945 |
|
|
|
1946 |
|
|
`btic = 0|1'
|
1947 |
|
|
If 1 (true), the branch target instruction cache model is enabled.
|
1948 |
|
|
If 0 (the default), it is disabled.
|
1949 |
|
|
|
1950 |
|
|
`sbp_bf_fwd = 0|1'
|
1951 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), use forward prediction for the `l.bf' instruction. If
|
1952 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1953 |
|
|
instruction.
|
1954 |
|
|
|
1955 |
|
|
`sbp_bnf_fwd = 0|1'
|
1956 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), use forward prediction for the `l.bnf' instruction.
|
1957 |
|
|
If 0 (the default), do not use forward prediction for this
|
1958 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
instruction.
|
1959 |
|
|
|
1960 |
|
|
`hitdelay = VALUE'
|
1961 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the number of cycles a branch prediction hit costs. Default
|
1962 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
value 0.
|
1963 |
|
|
|
1964 |
|
|
`missdelay = VALUE'
|
1965 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set the number of cycles a branch prediction miss costs. Default
|
1966 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
value 0.
|
1967 |
|
|
|
1968 |
|
|
|
1969 |
|
|
|
1970 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Debug Interface Configuration, Prev: Branch Prediction Configuration, Up: Core OpenRISC Configuration
|
1971 |
|
|
|
1972 |
|
|
3.3.8 Debug Interface Configuration
|
1973 |
|
|
-----------------------------------
|
1974 |
|
|
|
1975 |
|
|
The debug unit and debug interface configuration is described in
|
1976 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`section debug'. This section may appear at most once. The following
|
1977 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
parameters may be specified.
|
1978 |
|
|
|
1979 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
1980 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), the debug unit is enabled. If 0 (the default), it is
|
1981 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
disabled.
|
1982 |
|
|
|
1983 |
|
|
Note: This enables the functionality of the debug unit (its
|
1984 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
registers etc) within the mode. It does not provide any
|
1985 |
|
|
external interface to the debug unit. For that, see
|
1986 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
`rsp_enabled' below.
|
1987 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
1988 |
|
|
`rsp_enabled = 0|1'
|
1989 |
|
|
If 1 (true), the GDB "Remote Serial Protocol" server is started,
|
1990 |
|
|
provding an interface to an external GNU debugger, using the port
|
1991 |
|
|
specified in the `rsp_port' field (see below), or the
|
1992 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
`or1ksim-rsp' TCP/IP service. If 0 (the default), the server is
|
1993 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
not started, and no external interface is provided.
|
1994 |
|
|
|
1995 |
|
|
For more detailed information on the interface to the GNU Debugger
|
1996 |
|
|
see Embecosm Application Note 2, `Howto: Porting the GNU Debugger
|
1997 |
|
|
Practical Experience with the OpenRISC 1000 Architecture', by
|
1998 |
|
|
Jeremy Bennett, published by Embecosm Limited (`www.embecosm.com').
|
1999 |
|
|
|
2000 |
|
|
`rsp_port = VALUE'
|
2001 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the port to be used for the GDB "Remote Serial
|
2002 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Protocol" interface to the GNU Debugger (GDB). Default value
|
2003 |
|
|
51000. If the value 0 is specified, Or1ksim will instead look for
|
2004 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
a TCP/IP service named `or1ksim-rsp'.
|
2005 |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Tip: There is no registered port for Or1ksim "Remote Serial
|
2007 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Protocol" service `or1ksim-rsp'. Good practice suggests
|
2008 |
|
|
users should adopt port values in the "Dynamic" or "Private"
|
2009 |
|
|
port range, i.e. 49152-65535.
|
2010 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2011 |
|
|
`vapi_id = VALUE'
|
2012 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the value of the Verification API (VAPI) base
|
2013 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
address to be used with the debug unit. *Note Verification API:
|
2014 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Verification API, for more details.
|
2015 |
|
|
|
2016 |
|
|
If this is specified and VALUE is non-zero, all OpenRISC Remote
|
2017 |
|
|
JTAG protocol transactions will be logged to the VAPI log file, if
|
2018 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
enabled. This is the only functionality associated with VAPI for
|
2019 |
|
|
the debug unit. No VAPI commands are sent, nor requests handled.
|
2020 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2021 |
|
|
|
2022 |
|
|
|
2023 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Peripheral Configuration, Prev: Core OpenRISC Configuration, Up: Configuration
|
2024 |
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
3.4 Configuring Memory Mapped Peripherals
|
2026 |
|
|
=========================================
|
2027 |
|
|
|
2028 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
All peripheral components are optional. If they are specified, then
|
2029 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
(unlike other components) by default they are enabled.
|
2030 |
|
|
|
2031 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
2032 |
|
|
|
2033 |
|
|
* Memory Controller Configuration::
|
2034 |
|
|
* UART Configuration::
|
2035 |
|
|
* DMA Configuration::
|
2036 |
|
|
* Ethernet Configuration::
|
2037 |
|
|
* GPIO Configuration::
|
2038 |
|
|
* Display Interface Configuration::
|
2039 |
|
|
* Frame Buffer Configuration::
|
2040 |
|
|
* Keyboard Configuration::
|
2041 |
|
|
* Disc Interface Configuration::
|
2042 |
|
|
* Generic Peripheral Configuration::
|
2043 |
|
|
|
2044 |
|
|
|
2045 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Memory Controller Configuration, Next: UART Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2046 |
|
|
|
2047 |
|
|
3.4.1 Memory Controller Configuration
|
2048 |
|
|
-------------------------------------
|
2049 |
|
|
|
2050 |
|
|
The memory controller used in Or1ksim is the component implemented at
|
2051 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
OpenCores, and found in the top level SVN directory, `mem_ctrl'. It is
|
2052 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
described in the document `Memory Controller IP Core' by Rudolf
|
2053 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Usselmann, which can be found in the `doc' subdirectory. It is a
|
2054 |
|
|
memory mapped component, which resides on the main OpenRISC Wishbone
|
2055 |
|
|
data bus.
|
2056 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2057 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The memory controller configuration is described in `section mc'. This
|
2058 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
section may appear multiple times, specifying multiple memory
|
2059 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
controllers.
|
2060 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2061 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
Warning: There are known to be problems with the current memory
|
2062 |
|
|
controller, which currently is not included in the regression test
|
2063 |
|
|
suite. Users are advised not to use the memory controller in the
|
2064 |
|
|
current release.
|
2065 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
|
2066 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
Caution: There is no initialization code in the standard "newlib"
|
2067 |
|
|
library.
|
2068 |
|
|
|
2069 |
|
|
The standard "uClibc" library assumes a memory controller mapped
|
2070 |
|
|
at 0x93000000 and will initialize the memory controller to expect
|
2071 |
|
|
64MB memory blocks, and any memory declarations _must_ reflect
|
2072 |
|
|
this.
|
2073 |
|
|
|
2074 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
If smaller memory blocks are declared with a memory controller,
|
2075 |
|
|
then sufficient memory will not be allocated by Or1ksim, but out of
|
2076 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
range memory accesses will not be trapped. For example declaring a
|
2077 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
memory section from 0-4MB with a memory controller enabled would
|
2078 |
|
|
mean that accesses between 4MB and 64MB would be permitted, but
|
2079 |
|
|
having no allocated memory would likely cause a segmentation fault.
|
2080 |
|
|
|
2081 |
|
|
If the user is determined to use smaller memories with the memory
|
2082 |
|
|
controller, then custom initialization code must be provided, to
|
2083 |
|
|
ensure the memory controller traps out-of-memory accesses.
|
2084 |
|
|
|
2085 |
|
|
The following parameters may be specified.
|
2086 |
|
|
|
2087 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2088 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this memory controller is enabled. If
|
2089 |
|
|
0, it is disabled.
|
2090 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2091 |
|
|
Note: The memory controller can effectively also be disabled
|
2092 |
|
|
by setting an appropriate power on control register value
|
2093 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(see below). However this should only be used if it is
|
2094 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
desired to specifically model this behavior of the memory
|
2095 |
|
|
controller, not as a way of disabling the memory controller
|
2096 |
|
|
in general.
|
2097 |
|
|
|
2098 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2099 |
|
|
Set the base address of the memory controller's memory mapped
|
2100 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
registers to VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a
|
2101 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
sensible value.
|
2102 |
|
|
|
2103 |
|
|
The memory controller has a 7 bit address bus, with a total of 19
|
2104 |
|
|
32-bit registers, at addresses 0x00 through 0x4c (address 0x0c and
|
2105 |
|
|
addresses 0x50 through 0x7c are not used).
|
2106 |
|
|
|
2107 |
|
|
`poc = VALUE'
|
2108 |
|
|
Specifies the value of the power on control register, The least
|
2109 |
|
|
signficant two bits specify the bus width (use 0 for an 8-bit bus,
|
2110 |
|
|
1 for a 16-bit bus and 2 for a 32-bit bus) and the next two bits
|
2111 |
|
|
the type of memory connected (use 0 for a disabled interface, 1
|
2112 |
|
|
for SSRAM, 2 for asyncrhonous devices and 3 for synchronous
|
2113 |
|
|
devices).
|
2114 |
|
|
|
2115 |
|
|
If other bits are specified, they are ignored with a warning.
|
2116 |
|
|
|
2117 |
|
|
Caution: The default value, 0, corresponds to a disabled
|
2118 |
|
|
8-bit bus, and is likely not the most suitable value
|
2119 |
|
|
|
2120 |
|
|
`index = VALUE'
|
2121 |
|
|
Specify the index of this memory controller amongst all the memory
|
2122 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
controllers. This value should be unique for each memory
|
2123 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
controller, and is used to associate specific memories with the
|
2124 |
|
|
controller, through the `mc' field in the `section memory'
|
2125 |
|
|
configuration (*note Memory Configuration: Memory Configuration.).
|
2126 |
|
|
|
2127 |
|
|
The default value, 0, is suitable when there is only one memory
|
2128 |
|
|
controller.
|
2129 |
|
|
|
2130 |
|
|
|
2131 |
|
|
|
2132 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: UART Configuration, Next: DMA Configuration, Prev: Memory Controller Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2133 |
|
|
|
2134 |
|
|
3.4.2 UART Configuration
|
2135 |
|
|
------------------------
|
2136 |
|
|
|
2137 |
|
|
The UART implemented in Or1ksim follows the specification of the
|
2138 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
National Semiconductor 16450 and 16550 parts. It is a memory mapped
|
2139 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
component, which resides on the main OpenRISC Wishbone data bus.
|
2140 |
|
|
|
2141 |
|
|
The component provides a number of interfaces to emulate the behavior
|
2142 |
|
|
of an external terminal connected to the UART.
|
2143 |
|
|
|
2144 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
UART configuration is described in `section uart'. This section may
|
2145 |
|
|
appear multiple times, specifying multiple UARTs. The following
|
2146 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
parameters may be specified.
|
2147 |
|
|
|
2148 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2149 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this UART is enabled. If 0, it is
|
2150 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
disabled.
|
2151 |
|
|
|
2152 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2153 |
|
|
Set the base address of the UART's memory mapped registers to
|
2154 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a sensible value.
|
2155 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2156 |
|
|
The UART has a 3 bit address bus, with a total of 8 8-bit
|
2157 |
|
|
registers, at addresses 0x0 through 0x7.
|
2158 |
|
|
|
2159 |
|
|
`channel = "TYPE:ARGS"'
|
2160 |
|
|
Specify the channel representing the terminal connected to the UART
|
2161 |
|
|
Rx & Tx pins.
|
2162 |
|
|
|
2163 |
|
|
`channel="file:`rxfile',`txfile'"'
|
2164 |
|
|
Read input characters from the file `rxfile' and write output
|
2165 |
|
|
characters to the file `txfile' (which will be created if
|
2166 |
|
|
required).
|
2167 |
|
|
|
2168 |
|
|
`channel="xterm:ARGS"'
|
2169 |
|
|
Create an xterm on startup, write UART Tx traffic to the
|
2170 |
|
|
xterm and take Rx traffic from the keyboard when the xterm
|
2171 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
window is selected. Additional arguments to the xterm
|
2172 |
|
|
command (for example specifying window size may be specified
|
2173 |
|
|
in ARGS, or this may be left blank.
|
2174 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2175 |
|
|
`channel="tcp:VALUE"'
|
2176 |
|
|
Open the TCP/IP port specified by VALUE and read and write
|
2177 |
|
|
UART traffic from and to it.
|
2178 |
|
|
|
2179 |
|
|
Typically a telnet session is connected to the other end of
|
2180 |
|
|
this port.
|
2181 |
|
|
|
2182 |
|
|
Tip: There is no registered port for Or1ksim telnet UART
|
2183 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
connection. Priviledged access is required to read
|
2184 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
traffic on the registered "well-known" telnet port (23).
|
2185 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
Instead users should use port values in the "Dynamic" or
|
2186 |
|
|
"Private" port range, i.e. 49152-65535.
|
2187 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2188 |
|
|
`channel="fd:`rxfd',`txfd'"'
|
2189 |
|
|
Read and write characters from and to the existing open
|
2190 |
|
|
numerical file descriptors, file `rxfd' and `txfd'.
|
2191 |
|
|
|
2192 |
|
|
`channel="tty:device=/dev/ttyS0,baud=9600"'
|
2193 |
|
|
Read and write characters from and to a physical serial port.
|
2194 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
The precise device (shown here as `/dev/ttyS0') may vary from
|
2195 |
|
|
machine to machine.
|
2196 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2197 |
|
|
|
2198 |
|
|
The default value for this field is `"xterm:"'.
|
2199 |
|
|
|
2200 |
|
|
`irq = VALUE'
|
2201 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Use VALUE as the IRQ number of this UART. Default value 0.
|
2202 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2203 |
|
|
`16550 = 0|1'
|
2204 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), the UART has the functionality of a 16550. If 0 (the
|
2205 |
|
|
default), it has the functionality of a 16450. The principal
|
2206 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
difference is that the 16550 can buffer multiple characters.
|
2207 |
|
|
|
2208 |
|
|
`jitter = VALUE'
|
2209 |
|
|
Set the jitter, modeled as a time to block, to VALUE milliseconds.
|
2210 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Set to -1 to disable jitter modeling. Default value 0.
|
2211 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2212 |
|
|
Note: This functionality has yet to be implemented, so this
|
2213 |
|
|
parameter has no effect.
|
2214 |
|
|
|
2215 |
|
|
`vapi_id = VALUE'
|
2216 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the value of the Verification API (VAPI) base
|
2217 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
address to be used with the UART. *Note Verification API:
|
2218 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Verification API, for more details, which details the use of the
|
2219 |
|
|
VAPI with the UART.
|
2220 |
|
|
|
2221 |
|
|
|
2222 |
|
|
|
2223 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: DMA Configuration, Next: Ethernet Configuration, Prev: UART Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2224 |
|
|
|
2225 |
|
|
3.4.3 DMA Configuration
|
2226 |
|
|
-----------------------
|
2227 |
|
|
|
2228 |
|
|
The DMA controller used in Or1ksim is the component implemented at
|
2229 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
OpenCores, and found in the top level SVN directory, `wb_dma'. It is
|
2230 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
described in the document `Wishbone DMA/Bridge IP Core' by Rudolf
|
2231 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Usselmann, which can be found in the `doc' subdirectory. It is a
|
2232 |
|
|
memory mapped component, which resides on the main OpenRISC Wishbone
|
2233 |
|
|
data bus. The present implementation is incomplete, intended only to
|
2234 |
|
|
support the Ethernet interface (*note Ethernet Configuration::),
|
2235 |
|
|
although the Ethernet interface is not yet completed.
|
2236 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2237 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
DMA configuration is described in `section dma'. This section may
|
2238 |
|
|
appear multiple times, specifying multiple DMA controllers. The
|
2239 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
following parameters may be specified.
|
2240 |
|
|
|
2241 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2242 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this DMA controller is enabled. If 0,
|
2243 |
|
|
it is disabled.
|
2244 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2245 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2246 |
|
|
Set the base address of the DMA's memory mapped registers to
|
2247 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a sensible value.
|
2248 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2249 |
|
|
The DMA controller has a 10 bit address bus, with a total of 253
|
2250 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
32-bit registers. The first 5 registers at addresses 0x000 through
|
2251 |
|
|
0x010 control the overall behavior of the DMA controller. There
|
2252 |
|
|
are then 31 blocks of 8 registers, controlling each of the 31 DMA
|
2253 |
|
|
channels available. Addresses 0x014 through 0x01c are not used.
|
2254 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2255 |
|
|
`irq = VALUE'
|
2256 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Use VALUE as the IRQ number of this DMA controller. Default value
|
2257 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
0.
|
2258 |
|
|
|
2259 |
|
|
`vapi_id = VALUE'
|
2260 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the value of the Verification API (VAPI) base
|
2261 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
address to be used with the DMA controller. *Note Verification
|
2262 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
API: Verification API, for more details, which details the use of
|
2263 |
|
|
the VAPI with the DMA controller.
|
2264 |
|
|
|
2265 |
|
|
|
2266 |
|
|
|
2267 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Ethernet Configuration, Next: GPIO Configuration, Prev: DMA Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2268 |
|
|
|
2269 |
|
|
3.4.4 Ethernet Configuration
|
2270 |
|
|
----------------------------
|
2271 |
|
|
|
2272 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Ethernet configuration is described in `section ethernet'. This
|
2273 |
|
|
section may appear multiple times, specifying multiple Ethernet
|
2274 |
|
|
interfaces. The following parameters may be specified.
|
2275 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2276 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
The Ethernet MAC used in Or1ksim corresponds to the Verilog
|
2277 |
|
|
implementation in project "ethmac". It's source code can be found in
|
2278 |
|
|
the top level SVN directory, `ethmac'. It also forms part of the
|
2279 |
|
|
OpenRISC reference SoC, ORPSoC. It is described in the document
|
2280 |
|
|
`Ethernet IP Core Specification' by Igor Mohor, which can be found in
|
2281 |
|
|
the `doc' subdirectory. It is a memory mapped component, which resides
|
2282 |
|
|
on the main OpenRISC Wishbone data bus.
|
2283 |
|
|
|
2284 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2285 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this Ethernet MAC is enabled. If 0, it
|
2286 |
|
|
is disabled.
|
2287 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2288 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2289 |
|
|
Set the base address of the MAC's memory mapped registers to
|
2290 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a sensible value.
|
2291 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2292 |
|
|
The Ethernet MAC has a 7-bit address bus, with a total of 21
|
2293 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
32-bit registers. Addresses 0x54 through 0x7c are not used.
|
2294 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2295 |
|
|
Note: The Ethernet specification describes a Tx control
|
2296 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
register, `TXCTRL', at address 0x50. However this register
|
2297 |
|
|
is not implemented in the Or1ksim model.
|
2298 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2299 |
|
|
`dma = VALUE'
|
2300 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the DMA controller with which this Ethernet is
|
2301 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
associated. The default value is 0.
|
2302 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2303 |
|
|
Note: Support for external DMA is not provided in the current
|
2304 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
implementation, and this value is ignored. In any case there
|
2305 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
is no equivalent field to which this can be matched in the
|
2306 |
|
|
current DMA component implementation (*note DMA
|
2307 |
|
|
Configuration: DMA Configuration.).
|
2308 |
|
|
|
2309 |
|
|
`irq = VALUE'
|
2310 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Use VALUE as the IRQ number of this Ethernet MAC. Default value 0.
|
2311 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2312 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
`rtx_type = "file"|"tap"'
|
2313 |
|
|
Specifies whether to use a TUN/TAP interface or file interface
|
2314 |
|
|
(the default) to model the external connection of the Ethernet.
|
2315 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2316 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
If a TUN/TAP interface is requested, Ethernet packets will be sent
|
2317 |
|
|
and received through the pesistent TAP interface specified in
|
2318 |
|
|
parameter `tap_dev' (see below).
|
2319 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2320 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
More details on configuring the TUN/TAP interface are given in the
|
2321 |
|
|
Usage section (*note Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface: Ethernet TUN/TAP
|
2322 |
|
|
Interface.).
|
2323 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2324 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
If a file interface (the default), is requested, the Ethernet will
|
2325 |
|
|
be modelled by reading and writing from and to the files specified
|
2326 |
|
|
in the `rxfile' and `txfile' parameters (see below).
|
2327 |
|
|
|
2328 |
|
|
Caution: If a file interface is specified, Or1ksim will
|
2329 |
|
|
terminate once the receive file specified by `rxfile' is
|
2330 |
|
|
exhausted.
|
2331 |
|
|
|
2332 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`rx_channel = RXVALUE'
|
2333 |
|
|
`tx_channel = TXVALUE'
|
2334 |
|
|
RXVALUE specifies the DMA channel to use for receive and TXVALUE
|
2335 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
the DMA channel to use for transmit. Both default to 0.
|
2336 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2337 |
|
|
Note: As noted above, support for external DMA is not
|
2338 |
|
|
provided in the current implementation, and so these values
|
2339 |
|
|
are ignored.
|
2340 |
|
|
|
2341 |
|
|
`rxfile = "RXFILE"'
|
2342 |
|
|
`txfile = "TXFILE"'
|
2343 |
|
|
When `rtx_type' is 0 (see above), RXFILE specifies the file to use
|
2344 |
|
|
as input and TXFILE specifies the fie to use as output.
|
2345 |
|
|
|
2346 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The file contains a sequence of packets. Each packet consists of a
|
2347 |
|
|
packet length (32 bits), followed by that many bytes of data.
|
2348 |
|
|
Once the input file is empty, the Ethernet MAC behaves as though
|
2349 |
|
|
there were no data on the Ethernet. The default values of these
|
2350 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
parameters are `"eth_rx"' and `"eth_tx"' respectively.
|
2351 |
|
|
|
2352 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The input file must exist and be readable. The output file must be
|
2353 |
|
|
writable and will be created if necessary. If either of these
|
2354 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
conditions is not met, a warning will be given.
|
2355 |
|
|
|
2356 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
Caution: Or1ksim will terminate once the RXFILE is exhausted.
|
2357 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2358 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
`tap_dev = "TAP"'
|
2359 |
|
|
When `rtx_type' is `"tap"' (see above), TAP_DEV specifies the TAP
|
2360 |
|
|
device to use for communication. This should be a persistent TAP
|
2361 |
|
|
device configured for the system (*note Ethernet TUN/TAP
|
2362 |
|
|
Interface: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface.)
|
2363 |
|
|
|
2364 |
451 |
jeremybenn |
`phy_addr = VALUE'
|
2365 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the address for emulated ethernet PHY (default 0).
|
2366 |
|
|
If there are multiple Ethernet peripherals, they should each have a
|
2367 |
|
|
different PHY value.
|
2368 |
|
|
|
2369 |
|
|
`dummy_crc = 0|1'
|
2370 |
|
|
If 1 (true, the default), the length of the data transferred to
|
2371 |
|
|
the core will be increased by 4 bytes, as though the CRC were
|
2372 |
|
|
included.
|
2373 |
|
|
|
2374 |
|
|
Note: This is for historical consistency with the OpenRISC
|
2375 |
|
|
Ethernet hardware MAC, which passes on the CRC in the data
|
2376 |
|
|
packet. This is unusual behavior for a MAC, but the OpenRISC
|
2377 |
|
|
Linux device drivers have been written to expect it.
|
2378 |
|
|
|
2379 |
|
|
`phy_addr = VALUE'
|
2380 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the address for emulated ethernet PHY (default 0).
|
2381 |
|
|
If there are multiple Ethernet peripherals, they should each have a
|
2382 |
|
|
different PHY value.
|
2383 |
|
|
|
2384 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`vapi_id = VALUE'
|
2385 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the value of the Verification API (VAPI) base
|
2386 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
address to be used with the Ethernet PHY. *Note Verification API:
|
2387 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Verification API, for more details, which details the use of the
|
2388 |
|
|
VAPI with the DMA controller.
|
2389 |
|
|
|
2390 |
|
|
|
2391 |
|
|
|
2392 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: GPIO Configuration, Next: Display Interface Configuration, Prev: Ethernet Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2393 |
|
|
|
2394 |
|
|
3.4.5 GPIO Configuration
|
2395 |
|
|
------------------------
|
2396 |
|
|
|
2397 |
|
|
The GPIO used in Or1ksim is the component implemented at OpenCores, and
|
2398 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
found in the top level SVN directory, `gpio'. It is described in the
|
2399 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
document `GPIO IP Core Specification' by Damjan Lampret and Goran
|
2400 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Djakovic, which can be found in the `doc' subdirectory. It is a memory
|
2401 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
mapped component, which resides on the main OpenRISC Wishbone data bus.
|
2402 |
|
|
|
2403 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
GPIO configuration is described in `section gpio'. This section may
|
2404 |
|
|
appear multiple times, specifying multiple GPIO devices. The following
|
2405 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
parameters may be specified.
|
2406 |
|
|
|
2407 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2408 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this GPIO is enabled. If 0, it is
|
2409 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
disabled.
|
2410 |
|
|
|
2411 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2412 |
|
|
Set the base address of the GPIO's memory mapped registers to
|
2413 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a sensible value.
|
2414 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2415 |
|
|
The GPIO has a 6 bit address bus, with a total of 10 32-bit
|
2416 |
|
|
registers, although the number of bits that are actively used
|
2417 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
varies. Addresses 0x28 through 0x3c are not used.
|
2418 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2419 |
|
|
`irq = VALUE'
|
2420 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Use VALUE as the IRQ number of this GPIO. Default value 0.
|
2421 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2422 |
|
|
`vapi_id = VALUE'
|
2423 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the value of the Verification API (VAPI) base
|
2424 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
address to be used with the GPIO. *Note Verification API:
|
2425 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Verification API, for more details, which details the use of the
|
2426 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VAPI with the GPIO controller. For backwards compatibility, the
|
2427 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
alternative name `base_vapi_id' is supported for this parameter,
|
2428 |
|
|
but deprecated.
|
2429 |
|
|
|
2430 |
|
|
|
2431 |
|
|
|
2432 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Display Interface Configuration, Next: Frame Buffer Configuration, Prev: GPIO Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2433 |
|
|
|
2434 |
|
|
3.4.6 Display Interface Configuration
|
2435 |
|
|
-------------------------------------
|
2436 |
|
|
|
2437 |
|
|
Or1ksim models a VGA interface to an external monitor. The VGA
|
2438 |
|
|
controller used in Or1ksim is the component implemented at OpenCores,
|
2439 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
and found in the top level SVN directory, `vga_lcd', with no support
|
2440 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
for the optional hardware cursors. It is described in the document
|
2441 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`VGA/LCD Core v2.0 Specifications' by Richard Herveille, which can be
|
2442 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
found in the `doc' subdirectory. It is a memory mapped component,
|
2443 |
|
|
which resides on the main OpenRISC Wishbone data bus.
|
2444 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2445 |
|
|
The current implementation provides only functionality to dump the
|
2446 |
|
|
screen to a file at intervals.
|
2447 |
|
|
|
2448 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VGA controller configuration is described in `section vga'. This
|
2449 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
section may appear multiple times, specifying multiple VGA controllers.
|
2450 |
|
|
The following parameters may be specified.
|
2451 |
|
|
|
2452 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2453 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this VGA is enabled. If 0, it is
|
2454 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
disabled.
|
2455 |
|
|
|
2456 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2457 |
|
|
Set the base address of the VGA controller's memory mapped
|
2458 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
registers to VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a
|
2459 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
sensible value.
|
2460 |
|
|
|
2461 |
|
|
The VGA controller has a 12-bit address bus, with 7 32-bit
|
2462 |
|
|
registers, at addresses 0x000 through 0x018, and two color lookup
|
2463 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
tables at addresses 0x800 through 0xfff. The hardware cursor
|
2464 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
registers are not implemented, so addresses 0x01c through 0x7fc
|
2465 |
|
|
are not used.
|
2466 |
|
|
|
2467 |
|
|
`irq = VALUE'
|
2468 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Use VALUE as the IRQ number of this VGA controller. Default value
|
2469 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
0.
|
2470 |
|
|
|
2471 |
|
|
`refresh_rate = VALUE'
|
2472 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE specifies number of cycles between screen dumps. Default
|
2473 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
value is derived from the simulation clock cycle time (*note
|
2474 |
|
|
Simulator Behavior: Simulator Behavior.), to correspond to dumping
|
2475 |
|
|
50 times per simulated second.
|
2476 |
|
|
|
2477 |
|
|
`txfile = "FILE"'
|
2478 |
|
|
FILE specifies the base of the filename for screen dumps.
|
2479 |
|
|
Successive screen dumps will be in BMP format, in files with the
|
2480 |
|
|
name `FILENNNN.bmp', where NNNN is a sequential count of the
|
2481 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
screen dumps starting at zero. The default value is `"vga_out"'.
|
2482 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
For backwards compatibility, the alternative name `filename' is
|
2483 |
|
|
supported for this parameter, but deprecated.
|
2484 |
|
|
|
2485 |
|
|
|
2486 |
|
|
|
2487 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Frame Buffer Configuration, Next: Keyboard Configuration, Prev: Display Interface Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2488 |
|
|
|
2489 |
|
|
3.4.7 Frame Buffer Configuration
|
2490 |
|
|
--------------------------------
|
2491 |
|
|
|
2492 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Caution: The frame buffer is only partially implemented. Its
|
2493 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
configuration fields are described here, but the component should
|
2494 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
not be used at this time. Like the VGA controller, it is designed
|
2495 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
to make screen dumps to file.
|
2496 |
|
|
|
2497 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Frame buffer configuration is described in `section fb'. This section
|
2498 |
|
|
may appear multiple times, specifying multiple frame buffers. The
|
2499 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
following parameters may be specified.
|
2500 |
|
|
|
2501 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2502 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this frame buffer is enabled. If 0, it
|
2503 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
is disabled.
|
2504 |
|
|
|
2505 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2506 |
|
|
Set the base address of the frame buffer's memory mapped registers
|
2507 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
to VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a sensible
|
2508 |
|
|
value.
|
2509 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2510 |
|
|
The frame buffer has an 121-bit address bus, with 4 32-bit
|
2511 |
|
|
registers, at addresses 0x000 through 0x00c, and a PAL lookup
|
2512 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
table at addresses 0x400 through 0x4ff. Addresses 0x010 through
|
2513 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
0x3fc and addresses 0x500 through 0x7ff are not used.
|
2514 |
|
|
|
2515 |
|
|
`refresh_rate = VALUE'
|
2516 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE specifies number of cycles between screen dumps. Default
|
2517 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
value is derived from the simulation clock cycle time (*note
|
2518 |
|
|
Simulator Behavior: Simulator Behavior.), to correspond to dumping
|
2519 |
|
|
50 times per simulated second.
|
2520 |
|
|
|
2521 |
|
|
`txfile = "FILE"'
|
2522 |
|
|
FILE specifies the base of the filename for screen dumps.
|
2523 |
|
|
Successive screen dumps will be in BMP format, in files with the
|
2524 |
|
|
name `FILENNNN.bmp', where NNNN is a sequential count of the
|
2525 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
screen dumps starting at zero. The default value is `"fb_out"'.
|
2526 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
For backwards compatibility, the alternative name `filename' is
|
2527 |
|
|
supported for this parameter, but deprecated.
|
2528 |
|
|
|
2529 |
|
|
|
2530 |
|
|
|
2531 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Keyboard Configuration, Next: Disc Interface Configuration, Prev: Frame Buffer Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2532 |
|
|
|
2533 |
|
|
3.4.8 Keyboard Configuration (PS2)
|
2534 |
|
|
----------------------------------
|
2535 |
|
|
|
2536 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The PS2 interface provided by Or1ksim is not documented. It may be
|
2537 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
based on the PS2 project at OpenCores, and found in the top level SVN
|
2538 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
directory, `ps2'. However this project lacks any documentation beyond
|
2539 |
|
|
its project webpage. Since most PS2 interfaces follow the Intel i8042
|
2540 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
standard, this is presumably what is expected with this device.
|
2541 |
|
|
|
2542 |
|
|
The implementation only provides for keyboard support, which is
|
2543 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
modelled as a file of keystrokes. There is no mouse support.
|
2544 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2545 |
|
|
Caution: A standard i8042 device has two registers at addresses
|
2546 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
0x60 (command) and 0x64 (status). Inspection of the code,
|
2547 |
|
|
suggests that the Or1ksim component places these registers at
|
2548 |
|
|
addresses 0x00 and 0x04.
|
2549 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2550 |
|
|
The port of Linux for the OpenRISC 1000, which runs on Or1ksim
|
2551 |
|
|
implements the i8042 device driver, anticipating these registers
|
2552 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
reside at their conventional address. It seems unlikel that this
|
2553 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
code will work.
|
2554 |
|
|
|
2555 |
|
|
This component should be used with caution.
|
2556 |
|
|
|
2557 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Keyboard configuration is described in `section kbd'. This section may
|
2558 |
|
|
appear multiple times, specifying multiple keyboard interfaces. The
|
2559 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
following parameters may be specified.
|
2560 |
|
|
|
2561 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2562 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this keyboard is enabled. If 0, it is
|
2563 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
disabled.
|
2564 |
|
|
|
2565 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2566 |
|
|
Set the base address of the keyboard's memory mapped registers to
|
2567 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a sensible value.
|
2568 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2569 |
|
|
The keyboard PS/2 interface has an 3-bit address bus, with 2 8-bit
|
2570 |
|
|
registers, at addresses 0x000 and 0x004.
|
2571 |
|
|
|
2572 |
|
|
Caution: As noted above, a standard Intel 8042 interface
|
2573 |
|
|
would expect to find these registers at locations 0x60 and
|
2574 |
|
|
0x64, thus requiring at least a 7-bit bus.
|
2575 |
|
|
|
2576 |
|
|
`irq = VALUE'
|
2577 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Use VALUE as the IRQ number of this Keyboard interface. Default
|
2578 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
value 0.
|
2579 |
|
|
|
2580 |
|
|
`rxfile = "FILE"'
|
2581 |
|
|
`file' specifies a file containing raw key stroke data, which
|
2582 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
models the input from a physical keyboard. The default value is
|
2583 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`"kbd_in"'.
|
2584 |
|
|
|
2585 |
|
|
|
2586 |
|
|
|
2587 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Disc Interface Configuration, Next: Generic Peripheral Configuration, Prev: Keyboard Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2588 |
|
|
|
2589 |
|
|
3.4.9 Disc Interface Configuration
|
2590 |
|
|
----------------------------------
|
2591 |
|
|
|
2592 |
|
|
The ATA/ATAPI disc controller used in Or1ksim is the OCIDEC (OpenCores
|
2593 |
|
|
IDE Controller) component implemented at OpenCores, and found in the
|
2594 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
top level SVN directory, `ata'. It is described in the document
|
2595 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`ATA/ATAPI-5 Core Specification' by Richard Herveille, which can be
|
2596 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
found in the `doc' subdirectory. It is a memory mapped component,
|
2597 |
|
|
which resides on the main OpenRISC Wishbone data bus.
|
2598 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2599 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
Warning: In the current release of Or1ksim, parsing of the ATA
|
2600 |
|
|
section is broken. Users should not configure the disc interface
|
2601 |
|
|
in this release.
|
2602 |
|
|
|
2603 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
ATA/ATAPI configuration is described in `section ata'. This section
|
2604 |
|
|
may appear multiple times, specifying multiple disc controllers. The
|
2605 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
following parameters may be specified.
|
2606 |
|
|
|
2607 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2608 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this ATA/ATAPI interface is enabled. If
|
2609 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
0, it is disabled.
|
2610 |
|
|
|
2611 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2612 |
|
|
Set the base address of the ATA/ATAPI interface's memory mapped
|
2613 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
registers to VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a
|
2614 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
sensible value.
|
2615 |
|
|
|
2616 |
|
|
The ATA/ATAPI PS/2 interface has an 5-bit address bus, with 8
|
2617 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
32-bit registers. Depending on the version of the OCIDEC
|
2618 |
|
|
ATA/ATAPI interface selected (see `dev_id' below), not all
|
2619 |
|
|
registers will be available.
|
2620 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2621 |
|
|
`irq = VALUE'
|
2622 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Use VALUE as the IRQ number of this ATA/ATAPI interface. Default
|
2623 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
value 0.
|
2624 |
|
|
|
2625 |
|
|
`dev_id = 1|2|3'
|
2626 |
|
|
This parameter specifies which version of the OCIDEC ATA/ATAPI
|
2627 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
interface to model. The default value is 1.
|
2628 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2629 |
|
|
Version 1 supports only the `CTRL', `STAT' and `PCTR' registers.
|
2630 |
|
|
Versions 2 & 3 add the `FCTR' registers, Version 3 adds the `DTR'
|
2631 |
|
|
registers and the `RXD'/`TXD' registers.
|
2632 |
|
|
|
2633 |
|
|
`rev = VALUE'
|
2634 |
|
|
Set the VALUE as the revision of the OCIDEC ATA/ATAPI interface.
|
2635 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The default value is 1. The default value is 0. Its value should
|
2636 |
|
|
be in the range 0-15. Larger values are truncated with a warning.
|
2637 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
This only affects the reset value of the `STAT' register, where it
|
2638 |
|
|
forms bits 24-27.
|
2639 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2640 |
|
|
`pio_mode0_t1 = VALUE'
|
2641 |
|
|
`pio_mode0_t2 = VALUE'
|
2642 |
|
|
`pio_mode0_t4 = VALUE'
|
2643 |
|
|
`pio_mode0_teoc = VALUE'
|
2644 |
|
|
These parameters specify the timings for use with Programmed
|
2645 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Input/Output (PIO) transfers. They are specified as the number of
|
2646 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
clock cycles - 2, rounded up to the next highest integer, or zero
|
2647 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
if that would be negative. The values should not exceed 255. If
|
2648 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
they do, they will be ignored with a warning.
|
2649 |
|
|
|
2650 |
|
|
See the ATA/ATAPI-5 specification for explanations of each of these
|
2651 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
timing parameters. The default values are:
|
2652 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2653 |
|
|
pio_mode0_t1 = 6
|
2654 |
|
|
pio_mode0_t2 = 28
|
2655 |
|
|
pio_mode0_t4 = 2
|
2656 |
|
|
pio_mode0_teoc = 23
|
2657 |
|
|
|
2658 |
|
|
`dma_mode0_tm = VALUE'
|
2659 |
|
|
`dma_mode0_td = VALUE'
|
2660 |
|
|
`dma_mode0_teoc = VALUE'
|
2661 |
|
|
These parameters specify the timings for use with DMA transfers.
|
2662 |
|
|
They are specified as the number of clock cycles - 2, rounded up
|
2663 |
|
|
to the next highest integer, or zero if that would be negative.
|
2664 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The values should not exceed 255. If they do, they will be
|
2665 |
|
|
ignored with a warning.
|
2666 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2667 |
|
|
See the ATA/ATAPI-5 specification for explanations of each of these
|
2668 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
timing parameters. The default values are:
|
2669 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2670 |
|
|
dma_mode0_tm = 4
|
2671 |
|
|
dma_mode0_td = 21
|
2672 |
|
|
dma_mode0_teoc = 21
|
2673 |
|
|
|
2674 |
|
|
|
2675 |
|
|
3.4.9.1 ATA/ATAPI Device Configuration
|
2676 |
|
|
......................................
|
2677 |
|
|
|
2678 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Within the `section ata', each device is specified separately. The
|
2679 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
device subsection is introduced by
|
2680 |
|
|
|
2681 |
|
|
device VALUE
|
2682 |
|
|
|
2683 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE is the device number, which should be 0 or 1. The subsection
|
2684 |
|
|
ends with `enddevice'. Note that if the same device number is
|
2685 |
|
|
specified more than once, the previous values will be overwritten.
|
2686 |
|
|
Within the `device' subsection, the following parameters may appear:
|
2687 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2688 |
|
|
`type = VALUE'
|
2689 |
|
|
VALUEspecifies the type of device: 0 (the default) for "not
|
2690 |
|
|
connected", 1 for hard disk simulated in a file and 2 for local
|
2691 |
|
|
system hard disk.
|
2692 |
|
|
|
2693 |
|
|
`file = "FILENAME"'
|
2694 |
|
|
`filename' specifies the file to be used for a simulated ATA
|
2695 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
device if the file type (see `type' above) is 1. Default value
|
2696 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
`"ata_fileN"', where N is the device number.
|
2697 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2698 |
|
|
`size = VALUE'
|
2699 |
|
|
VALUE specifies the size of a simulated ATA device if the file
|
2700 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
type (see `type' above) is 1. The default value is zero.
|
2701 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2702 |
|
|
`packet = 0|1'
|
2703 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true), implement the PACKET command feature set. If 0 (the
|
2704 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
default), do not implement the PACKET command feature set.
|
2705 |
|
|
|
2706 |
|
|
`firmware = "STR"'
|
2707 |
|
|
Firmware to report in response to the "Identify Device" command.
|
2708 |
|
|
Default `"02207031"'.
|
2709 |
|
|
|
2710 |
|
|
`heads = VALUE'
|
2711 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Number of heads in the device. Default 7, use -1 to disable all
|
2712 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
heads.
|
2713 |
|
|
|
2714 |
|
|
`sectors = VALUE'
|
2715 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Number of sectors per track in the device. Default 32.
|
2716 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2717 |
|
|
`mwdma = 0|1|2|-1'
|
2718 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Highest multi-word DMA mode supported. Default 2, use -1 to
|
2719 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
disable.
|
2720 |
|
|
|
2721 |
|
|
`pio = 0|1|2|3|4'
|
2722 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Highest PIO mode supported. Default 4.
|
2723 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2724 |
|
|
|
2725 |
|
|
|
2726 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Generic Peripheral Configuration, Prev: Disc Interface Configuration, Up: Peripheral Configuration
|
2727 |
|
|
|
2728 |
|
|
3.4.10 Generic Peripheral Configuration
|
2729 |
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
2730 |
|
|
|
2731 |
|
|
When used as a library (*note Simulator Library: Simulator Library.),
|
2732 |
|
|
Or1ksim makes provision for any additional peripheral to be implemented
|
2733 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
externally. Any read or write access to this peripheral's memory map
|
2734 |
|
|
generates "upcall"s to an external handler. This interface can support
|
2735 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
either C or C++, and was particularly designed to facilitate support
|
2736 |
|
|
for OSCI SystemC (see `http://www.systemc.org').
|
2737 |
|
|
|
2738 |
|
|
Generic peripheral configuration is described in `section generic'.
|
2739 |
|
|
This section may appear multiple times, specifying multiple external
|
2740 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
peripherals. The following parameters may be specified.
|
2741 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2742 |
|
|
`enabled = 0|1'
|
2743 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
If 1 (true, the default), this ATA/ATAPI interface is enabled. If
|
2744 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
0, it is disabled.
|
2745 |
|
|
|
2746 |
|
|
`baseaddr = VALUE'
|
2747 |
|
|
Set the base address of the generic peripheral's memory mapped
|
2748 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
registers to VALUE. The default is 0, which is probably not a
|
2749 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
sensible value.
|
2750 |
|
|
|
2751 |
|
|
The size of the memory mapped register space is controlled by the
|
2752 |
|
|
`size' paramter, described below.
|
2753 |
|
|
|
2754 |
|
|
`size = VALUE'
|
2755 |
|
|
Set the size of the generic peripheral's memory mapped register
|
2756 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
space to VALUE bytes. Any read or write accesses to addresses with
|
2757 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
offsets of 0 to VALUE-1 bytes from the base address specified in
|
2758 |
|
|
parameter `baseaddr' (see above) will be directed to the external
|
2759 |
|
|
interface.
|
2760 |
|
|
|
2761 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
VALUE will be rounded up the nearest power of 2. It's default
|
2762 |
|
|
value is zero. If VALUE is not an exact power of two, accesses to
|
2763 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
address offsets of VALUE or above up to the next power of 2 will
|
2764 |
|
|
generate a warning, and have no effect (reads will return zero).
|
2765 |
|
|
|
2766 |
|
|
`name = "STR"'
|
2767 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
This gives the peripheral the name `"STR"'. This is used to
|
2768 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
identify the peripheral in error messages and warnings, and when
|
2769 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
reporting its status. The default value is
|
2770 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`"anonymous external peripheral"'.
|
2771 |
|
|
|
2772 |
|
|
`byte_enabled = 0|1'
|
2773 |
|
|
`hw_enabled = 0|1'
|
2774 |
|
|
`word_enabled = 0|1'
|
2775 |
|
|
If 1 (true, the default), these parameters respectively enable the
|
2776 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
device for byte wide, half-word wide and word wide accesses. If 0,
|
2777 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
accesses of that width will fail.
|
2778 |
|
|
|
2779 |
|
|
|
2780 |
|
|
|
2781 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Interactive Command Line, Next: Verification API, Prev: Configuration, Up: Top
|
2782 |
|
|
|
2783 |
|
|
4 Interactive Command Line
|
2784 |
|
|
**************************
|
2785 |
|
|
|
2786 |
|
|
If started with the `-f' flag, or if interrupted with `ctrl-C', Or1ksim
|
2787 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
provides the user with an interactive command line. The commands
|
2788 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
available, which may not be abbreviated, are:
|
2789 |
|
|
|
2790 |
|
|
`q'
|
2791 |
|
|
Exit the simulator
|
2792 |
|
|
|
2793 |
|
|
`r'
|
2794 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Display all the General Purpose Registers (GPRs). Also shows the
|
2795 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
just executed and next to be executed instructions symbolically
|
2796 |
|
|
and the state of the flag in the Supervision Register.
|
2797 |
|
|
|
2798 |
|
|
`t'
|
2799 |
|
|
Execute the next instruction and then display register/instruction
|
2800 |
|
|
information as with the `r' command (see above).
|
2801 |
|
|
|
2802 |
|
|
`run NUM [ hush ]'
|
2803 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Execute NUM instructions. The register/instruction information is
|
2804 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
displayed after each instruction, as with the `r' command (see
|
2805 |
|
|
above) _unless_ `hush' is specified.
|
2806 |
|
|
|
2807 |
|
|
`pr REG VALUE'
|
2808 |
|
|
Patch register REG with VALUE.
|
2809 |
|
|
|
2810 |
|
|
`dm FROMADDR [ TOADDR ]'
|
2811 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Display memory bytes between FROMADDR and TOADDR. If TOADDR is
|
2812 |
|
|
not given, 64 bytes are displayed, starting at FROMADDR.
|
2813 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2814 |
|
|
Caution: The output from this command is broken (a bug).
|
2815 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Or1ksim attempts to print out 16 bytes per row. However,
|
2816 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
instead of printing out the address at the start of each row,
|
2817 |
|
|
it prints the address (of the first of the 16 bytes) before
|
2818 |
|
|
_each_ byte.
|
2819 |
|
|
|
2820 |
|
|
`de FROMADDR [ TOADDR ]'
|
2821 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Disassemble code between FROMADDR and TOADDR. If TOADDR is not
|
2822 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
given, 16 instructions are disassembled.
|
2823 |
|
|
|
2824 |
|
|
The disassembly is entirely numerical, and gives no symbolic
|
2825 |
|
|
information.
|
2826 |
|
|
|
2827 |
|
|
`pm ADDR VALUE'
|
2828 |
|
|
Patch the 4 bytes in memory starting at ADDR with the 32-bit VALUE.
|
2829 |
|
|
|
2830 |
|
|
`pc VALUE'
|
2831 |
|
|
Patch the program counter with VALUE.
|
2832 |
|
|
|
2833 |
|
|
`cm FROMADDR TOADDR SIZE'
|
2834 |
|
|
Copy SIZE bytes in memory from FROMADDR to TOADDR.
|
2835 |
|
|
|
2836 |
|
|
`break ADDR'
|
2837 |
|
|
Toggle the breakpoint set at ADDR.
|
2838 |
|
|
|
2839 |
|
|
`breaks'
|
2840 |
|
|
List all set breakpoints
|
2841 |
|
|
|
2842 |
|
|
`reset'
|
2843 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Reset the simulator. Includes modeling a reset of the processor,
|
2844 |
|
|
so execution will restart from the reset vector location, 0x100.
|
2845 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2846 |
|
|
`hist'
|
2847 |
|
|
If saving the execution history has been configured (*note
|
2848 |
|
|
Simulator Behavior: Simulator Behavior.), display the execution
|
2849 |
|
|
history.
|
2850 |
|
|
|
2851 |
|
|
`stall'
|
2852 |
|
|
Stall the processor, so that control is passed to the debug unit.
|
2853 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
When stalled, the processor can execute no instructions. This
|
2854 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
command is useful when debugging the JTAG interface, used by
|
2855 |
|
|
debuggers such as GDB.
|
2856 |
|
|
|
2857 |
|
|
`unstall'
|
2858 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Unstall the processor, so that normal execution can continue.
|
2859 |
|
|
This command is useful when debugging the JTAG interface, used by
|
2860 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
debuggers such as GDB.
|
2861 |
|
|
|
2862 |
|
|
`stats CATEGORY | clear'
|
2863 |
|
|
Print the statistics for the given CATEGORY, if available, or
|
2864 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
clear if `clear' is specified. The categories are:
|
2865 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2866 |
|
|
1
|
2867 |
|
|
Miscellaneous statistics: branch predictions (if branch
|
2868 |
|
|
predictions are enabled), branch target cache model (if
|
2869 |
|
|
enabled), cache (if enbaled), MMU (if enabled) and number of
|
2870 |
|
|
addtional load & store cycles.
|
2871 |
|
|
|
2872 |
|
|
*Note Configuring the OpenRisc Achitectural Components: Core
|
2873 |
|
|
OpenRISC Configuration, for details of how to enable these
|
2874 |
|
|
various features.
|
2875 |
|
|
|
2876 |
|
|
2
|
2877 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Instruction usage statistics. Requires hazard analysis to be
|
2878 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
enabled (*note CPU Configuration: CPU Configuration.).
|
2879 |
|
|
|
2880 |
|
|
3
|
2881 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Instruction dependency statistics. Requires hazard analysis
|
2882 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
to be enabled (*note CPU Configuration: CPU Configuration.).
|
2883 |
|
|
|
2884 |
|
|
4
|
2885 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Functional unit dependency statistics. Requires hazard
|
2886 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
analysis to be enabled (*note CPU Configuration: CPU
|
2887 |
|
|
Configuration.).
|
2888 |
|
|
|
2889 |
|
|
5
|
2890 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Raw register usage over time. Requires hazard analysis to be
|
2891 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
enabled (*note CPU Configuration: CPU Configuration.).
|
2892 |
|
|
|
2893 |
|
|
6
|
2894 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Store buffer statistics. Requires the store buffer to be
|
2895 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
enabled (*note CPU Configuration: CPU Configuration.).
|
2896 |
|
|
|
2897 |
|
|
|
2898 |
|
|
`info'
|
2899 |
|
|
Display detailed information about the simulator configuration.
|
2900 |
|
|
This is quite a lengthy about, because all MMU TLB information is
|
2901 |
|
|
displayed.
|
2902 |
|
|
|
2903 |
|
|
`dv FROMADDR [ TOADDR ] [ MODULE ]'
|
2904 |
|
|
Dump the area of memory between FROMADDR and TOADDR as Verilog
|
2905 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
code for a synchronous, 23-bit wide SRAM module, named MODULE. If
|
2906 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
TOADDR is not specified, then 64 bytes are dumped (as 16 32-bit
|
2907 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
words). If MODULE is not specified, `or1k_mem' is used.
|
2908 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2909 |
|
|
To save to a file, use the redirection function (described after
|
2910 |
|
|
this table, below).
|
2911 |
|
|
|
2912 |
|
|
`dh FROMADDR [ TOADDR ]'
|
2913 |
|
|
Dump the area of memory between FROMADDR and TOADDR as 32-bit hex
|
2914 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
numbers (no `0x', or `32'h' prefix). If TOADDR is not specified,
|
2915 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
then 64 bytes are dumped (as 16 32-bit words).
|
2916 |
|
|
|
2917 |
|
|
To save to a file, use the redirection function (described after
|
2918 |
|
|
this table, below).
|
2919 |
|
|
|
2920 |
|
|
`setdbch'
|
2921 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Toggle debug channels on/off. *Note Standalone Simulator:
|
2922 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Standalone Simulator, for a description of specifying debug
|
2923 |
|
|
channels on the command line.
|
2924 |
|
|
|
2925 |
|
|
`set SECTION PARAM = VALUE'
|
2926 |
|
|
Set the configuration parameter PARA in section SECTION to VALUE.
|
2927 |
|
|
*Note Configuration: Configuration, for details of configuration
|
2928 |
|
|
parameters and their settings.
|
2929 |
|
|
|
2930 |
|
|
`debug'
|
2931 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Toggle the simulator debug mode. *Note Debug Interface
|
2932 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
Configuration: Debug Interface Configuration, for information on
|
2933 |
|
|
this parameter.
|
2934 |
|
|
|
2935 |
|
|
Caution: This is effectively enabling or disabling the debug
|
2936 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
unit. It does not effect the remote GDB debug interface.
|
2937 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
However using the remote debug interface while the debug unit
|
2938 |
|
|
is disabled will lead to undefined behavior and likely crash
|
2939 |
|
|
Or1ksim
|
2940 |
|
|
|
2941 |
|
|
`cuc'
|
2942 |
|
|
Enter the the Custom Unit Compiler command prompt (*note CUC
|
2943 |
|
|
Configuration: CUC Configuration.).
|
2944 |
|
|
|
2945 |
|
|
Caution: The CUC must be properly configured, for this to
|
2946 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
succeed. In particular a timing file must be available and
|
2947 |
|
|
readable. Otherwise Or1ksim will crash.
|
2948 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2949 |
|
|
`help'
|
2950 |
|
|
Print out brief information about each command available.
|
2951 |
|
|
|
2952 |
|
|
`mprofile [-vh] [-m M] [-g N] [-f FILE] FROM TO'
|
2953 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Run the memory profiling utility. This follows the same usage as
|
2954 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
the standalone command (*note Memory Profiling Utility: Memory
|
2955 |
|
|
Profiling Utility.).
|
2956 |
|
|
|
2957 |
|
|
`profile [-vhcq] [-g FILE]'
|
2958 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Run the instruction profiling utility. This follows the same
|
2959 |
|
|
usage as the standalone command (*note Profiling Utility:
|
2960 |
|
|
Profiling Utility.).
|
2961 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2962 |
|
|
|
2963 |
|
|
For all commands, it is possible to redirect the output to a file, by
|
2964 |
|
|
using the redirection operator, `>'.
|
2965 |
|
|
|
2966 |
|
|
COMMAND > FILENAME
|
2967 |
|
|
|
2968 |
|
|
This is particularly useful for commands dumping a large amount of
|
2969 |
|
|
output, such as `dv'.
|
2970 |
|
|
|
2971 |
|
|
Caution: Unfortunately there is a serious bug with the redirection
|
2972 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
operator. It does not return output to standard output after the
|
2973 |
|
|
command completes. Until this bug is fixed, file redirection
|
2974 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
should not be used.
|
2975 |
|
|
|
2976 |
|
|
|
2977 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Verification API, Next: Code Internals, Prev: Interactive Command Line, Up: Top
|
2978 |
|
|
|
2979 |
|
|
5 Verification API (VAPI)
|
2980 |
|
|
*************************
|
2981 |
|
|
|
2982 |
|
|
The Verification API (VAPI) provides a TCP/IP interface to allow
|
2983 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
components of the simulation to be controlled externally. The
|
2984 |
|
|
interface is polled for new requests on each simulated clock cycle.
|
2985 |
|
|
Components within the simulator may send responses to such requests.
|
2986 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
2987 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The inteface is an asynchronous duplex protocol. On the request side
|
2988 |
|
|
it provides for simple commands, known as VAPI IDs (a 32 bit integer),
|
2989 |
|
|
with a single piece of data (also a 32 bit integer). On the send side,
|
2990 |
|
|
it provides for sending a single VAPI ID and data. However there is no
|
2991 |
|
|
explicit command-response structure. Some components just accept
|
2992 |
|
|
requests (e.g. to set values), some just generate sends (to report
|
2993 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
values), and some do both.
|
2994 |
|
|
|
2995 |
|
|
Each component has a base ID (32 bit) and its commands will start from
|
2996 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
that base ID. This provides a simple partitioning of the command space
|
2997 |
|
|
amongst components. Request commands will be directed to the component
|
2998 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
with the closest base ID lower than the VAPI ID of the command.
|
2999 |
|
|
|
3000 |
|
|
Thus if there are two components with base IDs of 0x200 and 0x300, and
|
3001 |
|
|
a request with VAPI ID of 0x203 is received, it will be directed to the
|
3002 |
|
|
first component as its command #3.
|
3003 |
|
|
|
3004 |
|
|
The results of VAPI interactions are logged (by default in `vapi.log'
|
3005 |
|
|
unless an alternative is specified in `section vapi').
|
3006 |
|
|
|
3007 |
|
|
Currently the following components support VAPI:
|
3008 |
|
|
|
3009 |
|
|
Debug Unit
|
3010 |
|
|
Although the Debug Unit can specify a base VAPI ID, it is not used
|
3011 |
|
|
to send commands or receive requests.
|
3012 |
|
|
|
3013 |
|
|
Instead, if the base VAPI ID is set, all remote JTAG protocol
|
3014 |
|
|
exchanges are logged in the VAPI log file.
|
3015 |
|
|
|
3016 |
|
|
UART
|
3017 |
|
|
If a base VAPI ID is specified, the UART sends details of any
|
3018 |
|
|
chars or break characters sent, with dteails of the line control
|
3019 |
|
|
register etc encoded in the data packet sent.
|
3020 |
|
|
|
3021 |
|
|
This supports a single VAPI command request, but encodes a
|
3022 |
|
|
sub-command in the top 8 bits of the associated data.
|
3023 |
|
|
|
3024 |
|
|
`0x00'
|
3025 |
|
|
This stuffs the least significant 8 bits of the data into the
|
3026 |
|
|
serial register of the UART and the next 8 bits into the line
|
3027 |
|
|
control register, effectively providing control of the next
|
3028 |
|
|
character to be sent or received.
|
3029 |
|
|
|
3030 |
|
|
`0x01'
|
3031 |
|
|
The divisor latch bytes are set from the least significant 16
|
3032 |
|
|
bits of the data.
|
3033 |
|
|
|
3034 |
|
|
`0x02'
|
3035 |
|
|
The line control register is set from bits 15-8 of the data.
|
3036 |
|
|
|
3037 |
|
|
`0x03'
|
3038 |
|
|
The UART skew is set from the least significant 16 bits of
|
3039 |
|
|
the data
|
3040 |
|
|
|
3041 |
|
|
`0x04'
|
3042 |
|
|
If the 16th most significant bit of the data is 1, start
|
3043 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
sending breaks, otherwise stop sending breaks. The breaks
|
3044 |
|
|
are sent or cleared after the number of UART clock divider
|
3045 |
|
|
ticks specified by the data (immediately if the data is zero).
|
3046 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3047 |
|
|
|
3048 |
|
|
DMA
|
3049 |
|
|
Although the DMA unit supports a base VAPI ID in its configuration
|
3050 |
|
|
(`section dma'), no VAPI data is sent, nor VAPI requests currently
|
3051 |
|
|
implemented.
|
3052 |
|
|
|
3053 |
|
|
Ethernet
|
3054 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The following requests are handled by the Ethernet. Specified
|
3055 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
symbolically, these are the increments from the base VAPI ID of the
|
3056 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Ethernet. At present no implementation is provided behind these
|
3057 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
VAPI requests.
|
3058 |
|
|
|
3059 |
|
|
`ETH_VAPI_DATA (0)'
|
3060 |
|
|
|
3061 |
|
|
`ETH_VAPI_CTRL (0)'
|
3062 |
|
|
|
3063 |
|
|
GPIO
|
3064 |
|
|
If a base VAPI ID is specified, the GPIO sends out on its base
|
3065 |
|
|
VAPI ID (symbolically, GPIO_VAPI_DATA (0) offset from the base
|
3066 |
|
|
VAPI ID) any changes in outputs.
|
3067 |
|
|
|
3068 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The following requests are handled by the GPIO. Specified
|
3069 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
symbolically, these are the increments from the VAPI base ID of the
|
3070 |
|
|
GPIO.
|
3071 |
|
|
|
3072 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_DATA (0)'
|
3073 |
|
|
Set the next input to the commands data field
|
3074 |
|
|
|
3075 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_AUX (1)'
|
3076 |
|
|
Set the GPIO auxiliary inputs to the data field
|
3077 |
|
|
|
3078 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_CLOCK (2)'
|
3079 |
|
|
Add an external GPIO clock trigger of period specified in the
|
3080 |
|
|
data field.
|
3081 |
|
|
|
3082 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_RGPIO_OE (3)'
|
3083 |
|
|
Set the GPIO output enable to the data field
|
3084 |
|
|
|
3085 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_RGPIO_INTE (4)'
|
3086 |
|
|
Set the next interrupt to the data field
|
3087 |
|
|
|
3088 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_RGPIO_PTRIG (5)'
|
3089 |
|
|
Set the next trigger to the data field
|
3090 |
|
|
|
3091 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_RGPIO_AUX (6)'
|
3092 |
|
|
Set the next auxiliary input to the data field
|
3093 |
|
|
|
3094 |
|
|
`GPIO_VAPI_RGPIO_CTRL (7)'
|
3095 |
|
|
Set th next control input to the data field
|
3096 |
|
|
|
3097 |
|
|
|
3098 |
|
|
|
3099 |
|
|
|
3100 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Code Internals, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Verification API, Up: Top
|
3101 |
|
|
|
3102 |
|
|
6 A Guide to Or1ksim Internals
|
3103 |
|
|
******************************
|
3104 |
|
|
|
3105 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
These are notes to help those wanting to extend Or1ksim. This section
|
3106 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
assumes the use of a tag file, so file locations of entities'
|
3107 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
definitions are not in general provided. For more on tags, see the
|
3108 |
|
|
Linux manual page for `etags'. A tag file can be created with:
|
3109 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3110 |
|
|
make tags
|
3111 |
|
|
|
3112 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
3113 |
|
|
|
3114 |
|
|
* Coding Conventions::
|
3115 |
|
|
* Global Data Structures::
|
3116 |
|
|
* Concepts::
|
3117 |
|
|
* Internal Debugging::
|
3118 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
* Regression Testing::
|
3119 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3120 |
|
|
|
3121 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Coding Conventions, Next: Global Data Structures, Up: Code Internals
|
3122 |
|
|
|
3123 |
|
|
6.1 Coding Conventions for Or1ksim
|
3124 |
|
|
==================================
|
3125 |
|
|
|
3126 |
|
|
This chapter provides some guidelines for coding, to facilitate
|
3127 |
|
|
extensions to Or1ksim
|
3128 |
|
|
|
3129 |
|
|
_GNU Coding Standard_
|
3130 |
|
|
Code should follow the GNU coding standard for C
|
3131 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(`http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards/'. If in doubt, put your code
|
3132 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
through the `indent' program.
|
3133 |
|
|
|
3134 |
|
|
_`#include' headers_
|
3135 |
|
|
All C source code files should include `config.h' before any other
|
3136 |
|
|
file.
|
3137 |
|
|
|
3138 |
|
|
This should be followed by inclusion of any system headers (but see
|
3139 |
|
|
the comments about portability and `port.h' below) and then by any
|
3140 |
|
|
Or1ksim package headers.
|
3141 |
|
|
|
3142 |
|
|
If `port.h' is required, it should be the first package header to
|
3143 |
|
|
be included after the system headers.
|
3144 |
|
|
|
3145 |
|
|
All C source code and header files should directly include any
|
3146 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
system or package header they depend on, i.e. not rely on any
|
3147 |
|
|
other header having already included it. The two exceptions are
|
3148 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3149 |
|
|
1. All header files may assume that `config.h' has already been
|
3150 |
|
|
included.
|
3151 |
|
|
|
3152 |
|
|
2. System headers which impose portability problems should be
|
3153 |
|
|
included by using the package header `port.h', rather than
|
3154 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
the system headers themselves. This is the case for code
|
3155 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
requiring
|
3156 |
|
|
|
3157 |
|
|
* `strndup' (from `string.h')
|
3158 |
|
|
|
3159 |
|
|
* Integer types (`intN_t', `uintN_t') (from `inttypes.h').
|
3160 |
|
|
|
3161 |
|
|
* `isblank' (from `ctype.h')
|
3162 |
|
|
|
3163 |
|
|
|
3164 |
|
|
|
3165 |
|
|
_`#include' files once only_
|
3166 |
|
|
All include files should be protected by `#ifndef' to ensure their
|
3167 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
definitions are only included once. For instance a header file
|
3168 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`X-Y.H' should surround its contents with:
|
3169 |
|
|
|
3170 |
|
|
#ifndef X_Y__H
|
3171 |
|
|
#define X_Y__H
|
3172 |
|
|
|
3173 |
|
|
|
3174 |
|
|
|
3175 |
|
|
#endif /* X_Y__H */
|
3176 |
|
|
|
3177 |
|
|
_Avoid `typedef'_
|
3178 |
|
|
The GNU coding style for C does not have a clear way to distinguish
|
3179 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
between user type name and user variables. For this reason
|
3180 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`typedef' should be avoided except for the most ubiquitous user
|
3181 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
defined types. This makes the code much easier to read.
|
3182 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3183 |
|
|
There are some `typedef' declarations in the `argtable2' library
|
3184 |
|
|
and the ELF and COFF headers, because this code is taken from
|
3185 |
|
|
other places.
|
3186 |
|
|
|
3187 |
|
|
Within Or1ksim legacy uses of `typedef' have largely been purged,
|
3188 |
|
|
except in the Custom Unit Compiler (*note Custom Unit Compiler
|
3189 |
|
|
(CUC) Configuration: CUC Configuration.).
|
3190 |
|
|
|
3191 |
|
|
The remaining uses of `typedef' occur in two places:
|
3192 |
|
|
|
3193 |
|
|
* `port/port.h' defines types to replace those in header files
|
3194 |
|
|
that are not available (character functions, string
|
3195 |
|
|
duplication, integer types).
|
3196 |
|
|
|
3197 |
|
|
`cpu/or1k/arch.h' defines types for the key Or1ksim entities:
|
3198 |
|
|
addresses (`oraddr_t'), unsigned register values (`uorreg_t')
|
3199 |
|
|
and signed register (`orreg_t') values.
|
3200 |
|
|
|
3201 |
|
|
|
3202 |
|
|
Where new types are defined, they should appear in one of these two
|
3203 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
files as appropriate. Or1ksim specific types appearing in
|
3204 |
|
|
`arch.h' should always have the suffix `_h'.
|
3205 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3206 |
|
|
_Don't begin names with underscore_
|
3207 |
|
|
Names beginning with `_' are intended to be part of the C
|
3208 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
infrastructure. They should not be used in the simulator code.
|
3209 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3210 |
|
|
_Keep Non-global top level entities static_
|
3211 |
|
|
All top level entities (functions, variables), which are not
|
3212 |
|
|
explicitly part of a global interface should be declared static.
|
3213 |
|
|
This ensures that unwanted connections are not inadvertently built
|
3214 |
|
|
across the program.
|
3215 |
|
|
|
3216 |
|
|
_Use of `inline'_
|
3217 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
Code should not be declared `inline'. Modern compilers can work
|
3218 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
out for themselves what is best in this respect.
|
3219 |
|
|
|
3220 |
|
|
_Initialization_
|
3221 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
All data structures should be explicitly initialized. In
|
3222 |
|
|
particular code should not rely on static data structures being
|
3223 |
|
|
initialized to zero.
|
3224 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3225 |
|
|
The rationale is that in future static data structures may become
|
3226 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
dynamic. This has been a particular source of bugs in Or1ksim
|
3227 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
historically.
|
3228 |
|
|
|
3229 |
|
|
A specific case is with new peripherals, which should always
|
3230 |
|
|
include a `start' function to pre-initialize all configuration
|
3231 |
|
|
parameters to sensible defaults
|
3232 |
|
|
|
3233 |
|
|
_Configuration Validation_
|
3234 |
|
|
All configuration values should be validated, preferably when
|
3235 |
|
|
encountered, if not when the `section' is closed, or otherwise at
|
3236 |
|
|
run time when the parameter is first used.
|
3237 |
|
|
|
3238 |
|
|
|
3239 |
|
|
|
3240 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Global Data Structures, Next: Concepts, Prev: Coding Conventions, Up: Code Internals
|
3241 |
|
|
|
3242 |
|
|
6.2 Global Data Structures
|
3243 |
|
|
==========================
|
3244 |
|
|
|
3245 |
|
|
`config'
|
3246 |
|
|
The global variable `config' of type `struct config' holds the
|
3247 |
|
|
configuration data for some of the Or1ksim components which are
|
3248 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
always present. At present the components are:
|
3249 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3250 |
|
|
* The simulator defined in `section sim' (*note Simulator
|
3251 |
|
|
Configuration: Simulator Configuration.).
|
3252 |
|
|
|
3253 |
|
|
* The Verification API (VAPI) defined in `section vapi' (*note
|
3254 |
|
|
Verification API (VAPI) Configuration: Verification API
|
3255 |
|
|
Configuration.).
|
3256 |
|
|
|
3257 |
|
|
* The Custom Unit Compiler (CUC), defined in `section cuc'
|
3258 |
|
|
(*note Custom Unit Compiler (CUC) Configuration: CUC
|
3259 |
|
|
Configuration.).
|
3260 |
|
|
|
3261 |
|
|
* The CPU, defined in `section cpu' (*note CPU Configuration:
|
3262 |
|
|
CPU Configuration.).
|
3263 |
|
|
|
3264 |
|
|
* The data cache (but not the instruction cache), defined in
|
3265 |
|
|
`section dc' (*note Cache Configuration: Cache
|
3266 |
|
|
Configuration.).
|
3267 |
|
|
|
3268 |
|
|
* The power management unit, defined in `section pm' (*note
|
3269 |
|
|
Power Management Configuration: Power Management
|
3270 |
|
|
Configuration.).
|
3271 |
|
|
|
3272 |
|
|
* The programmable interrupt controller, defined in
|
3273 |
|
|
`section pic' (*note Interrupt Configuration: Interrupt
|
3274 |
|
|
Configuration.).
|
3275 |
|
|
|
3276 |
|
|
* Branch prediciton, defined in `section bpb' (*note Branch
|
3277 |
|
|
Prediction Configuration: Branch Prediction Configuration.).
|
3278 |
|
|
|
3279 |
|
|
* The debug unit, defined in `section debug' (*note Debug
|
3280 |
|
|
Interface Configuration: Debug Interface Configuration.).
|
3281 |
|
|
|
3282 |
|
|
|
3283 |
|
|
This struct is made of a collection of structs, one for each
|
3284 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
component. For example the simulator configuration is held in
|
3285 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
`config.sim'.
|
3286 |
|
|
|
3287 |
|
|
`config'
|
3288 |
|
|
This is a linked list of data structures holding configuration data
|
3289 |
|
|
for all sections which are not held in the main `config' data
|
3290 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
structure. In general these are components (such as peripherals
|
3291 |
|
|
and memory) which may occur multiple times. However it also
|
3292 |
|
|
handles some architectural components which may occur only once,
|
3293 |
|
|
such as the memory management units, the instruction cache, the
|
3294 |
|
|
interrupt controller and branch prediction.
|
3295 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3296 |
|
|
`runtime'
|
3297 |
|
|
The global variable `runtime' of type `struct runtime' holds all
|
3298 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
the runtime information about the simulation. To access this
|
3299 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
variable, `sim-config.h' must be included.
|
3300 |
|
|
|
3301 |
|
|
This struct is itself made of 3 other structs, `cpu' (for CPU run
|
3302 |
|
|
time state), `vapi' (for Verification API state) and `cuc' (for
|
3303 |
|
|
Custom Unit Compiler state).
|
3304 |
|
|
|
3305 |
|
|
|
3306 |
|
|
|
3307 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Concepts, Next: Internal Debugging, Prev: Global Data Structures, Up: Code Internals
|
3308 |
|
|
|
3309 |
|
|
6.3 Concepts
|
3310 |
|
|
============
|
3311 |
|
|
|
3312 |
|
|
_Output Redirection_
|
3313 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
The current output stream is held in `runtime.cpu.fout'. Output
|
3314 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
should be explicitly written to this stream, or may use the
|
3315 |
|
|
`PRINTF' macro, which will write its arguments to this output
|
3316 |
|
|
stream.
|
3317 |
|
|
|
3318 |
|
|
_Reset Hooks_
|
3319 |
|
|
Any peripheral may register a routine to be called when the the
|
3320 |
|
|
processor is reset by calling `reg_sim_reset', providing a
|
3321 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
function and pointer to a data structure as arguments. On reset
|
3322 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
that function will be called with the data stucture pointer as
|
3323 |
|
|
argument.
|
3324 |
|
|
|
3325 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
_Interrupts_
|
3326 |
|
|
An internal peripheral can model the effect of an interrupt being
|
3327 |
|
|
asserted by calling `report_interrupt'. This is used for both edge
|
3328 |
|
|
and level sensitive interrupts.
|
3329 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3330 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
The effect is to set the corresponding bit in the PICSR SPR and to
|
3331 |
|
|
queue an interrupt exception to take place after the current
|
3332 |
|
|
instruction completes execution.
|
3333 |
|
|
|
3334 |
|
|
Externally, the different interrupts require different mechanisms
|
3335 |
|
|
for clearing. Level sensitive interrupts should be cleared by
|
3336 |
|
|
deasserting the interrupt line, edge sensitive interrupts by
|
3337 |
|
|
clearing the corresponding bit in the PICSR SPR.
|
3338 |
|
|
|
3339 |
|
|
Internally this amounts to the same thing (clearing the PICSPR
|
3340 |
|
|
bit), so a single function is provided, `clear_interrupt'. Note
|
3341 |
|
|
however that when level sensitive interrupts are configured, PICSR
|
3342 |
|
|
is read only, and can only be cleared by calling
|
3343 |
|
|
`clear_interrupt'. Using the two functions provided will ensure
|
3344 |
|
|
the peripheral works correctly whichever type of interrupt is used.
|
3345 |
|
|
|
3346 |
|
|
Note: Until an interrupt is cleared, all subsequent
|
3347 |
|
|
interrupts are ignored with a warning.
|
3348 |
|
|
|
3349 |
|
|
|
3350 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3351 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Internal Debugging, Next: Regression Testing, Prev: Concepts, Up: Code Internals
|
3352 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3353 |
|
|
6.4 Internal Debugging
|
3354 |
|
|
======================
|
3355 |
|
|
|
3356 |
|
|
The function `debug' is like `printf', but with an extra first
|
3357 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
argument, which is the debug level. If the debug level specified in
|
3358 |
|
|
the simulator configuration (*note Simulator Behavior: Simulator
|
3359 |
|
|
Behavior.) is greater than or equal to this value, the remaining
|
3360 |
|
|
arguments are printed to the current output stream (*note Output
|
3361 |
|
|
Redirection: Output Redirection.).
|
3362 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
|
3363 |
|
|
|
3364 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Regression Testing, Prev: Internal Debugging, Up: Code Internals
|
3365 |
|
|
|
3366 |
|
|
6.5 Regression Testing
|
3367 |
|
|
======================
|
3368 |
|
|
|
3369 |
|
|
Or1ksim now includes a regression test suite for both standalone and
|
3370 |
|
|
library usage as described earlier (*note Building and Installing:
|
3371 |
|
|
Build and Install.). Running the tests requires that the OpenRISC
|
3372 |
|
|
toolchain and DejaGNU are both installed.
|
3373 |
|
|
|
3374 |
|
|
Tests are written using `expect', a derivative of TCL. Documentation
|
3375 |
|
|
of DejaGnu, `expect' and TCL are freely available on the Web. The
|
3376 |
|
|
Embecosm Application Note 8, `Howto: Using DejaGnu for Testing: A
|
3377 |
|
|
Simple Introduction' (`http://www.embecosm.com/download/ean8.html')
|
3378 |
|
|
provides a concise introduction.
|
3379 |
|
|
|
3380 |
|
|
All test code is found in the `testsuite' directory. The key files and
|
3381 |
|
|
directories used are as follows.
|
3382 |
|
|
|
3383 |
|
|
`global-conf.exp'
|
3384 |
|
|
This is the global DejaGNU configuration file used to set up
|
3385 |
|
|
parameters common to all tests. If the user has the environment
|
3386 |
|
|
varialbe `DEJAGNU' defined, it will be used instead, but this is
|
3387 |
|
|
not recommended.
|
3388 |
|
|
|
3389 |
|
|
`Makefile.am'
|
3390 |
|
|
This is the top level `automake' file for the testsuite. The only
|
3391 |
|
|
changes likely to be needed here is additional local cleanup of
|
3392 |
|
|
files created by new tests.
|
3393 |
|
|
|
3394 |
|
|
`README'
|
3395 |
|
|
This contains details of all the tests
|
3396 |
|
|
|
3397 |
|
|
`config'
|
3398 |
|
|
This contains DejaGnu board configurations. Since the tests are
|
3399 |
|
|
generally run on a Unix host, this should just contain `Unix.exp'.
|
3400 |
|
|
|
3401 |
|
|
`lib'
|
3402 |
|
|
This contains DejaGnu tool specific configurations. "Tool" has a
|
3403 |
|
|
specific meaning in DejaGNU, referring just to a grouping of
|
3404 |
|
|
tests. In this case there are two such "tools", "or1ksim" and
|
3405 |
|
|
"libsim" for tests of the standalone tool and tests of the library.
|
3406 |
|
|
|
3407 |
|
|
Corresponding to this, there are two tool specific configuration
|
3408 |
|
|
files, `or1ksim.exp' and `libsim.exp'. These contain `expect'/TCL
|
3409 |
|
|
procedures for common use among the tests.
|
3410 |
|
|
|
3411 |
|
|
`libsim.tests'
|
3412 |
|
|
`or1ksim.tests'
|
3413 |
|
|
These are the directories of tests of the Or1ksim library. They
|
3414 |
|
|
also include Or1ksim configuration files and each has a
|
3415 |
|
|
`Makefile.am' file. `Makefile.am' should be updated whenever
|
3416 |
|
|
files are added to this directory, to ensure they are included in
|
3417 |
|
|
the distribution.
|
3418 |
|
|
|
3419 |
|
|
`test-code'
|
3420 |
|
|
These are all the test programs to be compiled on the host (each
|
3421 |
|
|
in its own directory). In general these are programs to support
|
3422 |
|
|
testing of the library, and build various programs linking in the
|
3423 |
|
|
library.
|
3424 |
|
|
|
3425 |
|
|
`test-code'
|
3426 |
|
|
These are all the test programs to be compiled with the OpenRISC
|
3427 |
|
|
tool chain to run with either standalone Or1ksim or the library.
|
3428 |
|
|
This directory includes its own `configure.ac', since it must set
|
3429 |
|
|
up a separate tool chain based on the target, not the host.
|
3430 |
|
|
|
3431 |
|
|
|
3432 |
|
|
To add a new test needs the following steps.
|
3433 |
|
|
|
3434 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* Put new host C code in its own directory within `test-code'. Add
|
3435 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
the directory to the existing `Makefile.am' in the `test-code'
|
3436 |
|
|
directory and create a `Makefile.am' in the new directory to drive
|
3437 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
building the test program(s). Don't forget to add the new
|
3438 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
`Makefile' to the top level `configure.ac' so it gets generated.
|
3439 |
|
|
Not all tests require code here.
|
3440 |
|
|
|
3441 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* Put new target C code in its own directory within `test-code-or1k'.
|
3442 |
|
|
Once again modify & create `Makefile.am'. This time modify the
|
3443 |
|
|
`configure.ac' in the `test-code-or1k' so the `Makefile' gets
|
3444 |
|
|
generated. The existing programs provide examples to start from,
|
3445 |
|
|
including custom linker scripts where needed.
|
3446 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
|
3447 |
|
|
* Add one or more tests and configuration files to the relevant
|
3448 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
"tool" test directory. Use the existing tests as templates. They
|
3449 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
make heavy use of the `expect'/TCL procedures in the `config'
|
3450 |
|
|
directory to facilitate driving the tests.
|
3451 |
|
|
|
3452 |
|
|
|
3453 |
|
|
|
3454 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
File: or1ksim.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Index, Prev: Code Internals, Up: Top
|
3455 |
|
|
|
3456 |
|
|
7 GNU Free Documentation License
|
3457 |
|
|
********************************
|
3458 |
|
|
|
3459 |
|
|
Version 1.2, November 2002
|
3460 |
|
|
|
3461 |
|
|
Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
3462 |
|
|
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
3463 |
|
|
|
3464 |
|
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
3465 |
|
|
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
3466 |
|
|
|
3467 |
|
|
0. PREAMBLE
|
3468 |
|
|
|
3469 |
|
|
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
|
3470 |
|
|
functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
|
3471 |
|
|
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
|
3472 |
|
|
with or without modifying it, either commercially or
|
3473 |
|
|
noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
|
3474 |
|
|
author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
|
3475 |
|
|
being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
|
3476 |
|
|
|
3477 |
|
|
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
|
3478 |
|
|
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
|
3479 |
|
|
It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
|
3480 |
|
|
license designed for free software.
|
3481 |
|
|
|
3482 |
|
|
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
|
3483 |
|
|
free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
|
3484 |
|
|
free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
|
3485 |
|
|
that the software does. But this License is not limited to
|
3486 |
|
|
software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
|
3487 |
|
|
of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.
|
3488 |
|
|
We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
|
3489 |
|
|
instruction or reference.
|
3490 |
|
|
|
3491 |
|
|
1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
|
3492 |
|
|
|
3493 |
|
|
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
|
3494 |
|
|
that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it
|
3495 |
|
|
can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
|
3496 |
|
|
grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
|
3497 |
|
|
to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
|
3498 |
|
|
"Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
|
3499 |
|
|
of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You
|
3500 |
|
|
accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a
|
3501 |
|
|
way requiring permission under copyright law.
|
3502 |
|
|
|
3503 |
|
|
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
|
3504 |
|
|
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
|
3505 |
|
|
modifications and/or translated into another language.
|
3506 |
|
|
|
3507 |
|
|
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
|
3508 |
|
|
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
|
3509 |
|
|
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
|
3510 |
|
|
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
|
3511 |
|
|
fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
|
3512 |
|
|
is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
|
3513 |
|
|
explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
|
3514 |
|
|
historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
|
3515 |
|
|
of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
|
3516 |
|
|
regarding them.
|
3517 |
|
|
|
3518 |
|
|
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
|
3519 |
|
|
titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in
|
3520 |
|
|
the notice that says that the Document is released under this
|
3521 |
|
|
License. If a section does not fit the above definition of
|
3522 |
|
|
Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.
|
3523 |
|
|
The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document
|
3524 |
|
|
does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
|
3525 |
|
|
|
3526 |
|
|
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
|
3527 |
|
|
listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
|
3528 |
|
|
that says that the Document is released under this License. A
|
3529 |
|
|
Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
|
3530 |
|
|
be at most 25 words.
|
3531 |
|
|
|
3532 |
|
|
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
|
3533 |
|
|
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
|
3534 |
|
|
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
|
3535 |
|
|
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images
|
3536 |
|
|
composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some
|
3537 |
|
|
widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to
|
3538 |
|
|
text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of
|
3539 |
|
|
formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an
|
3540 |
|
|
otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of
|
3541 |
|
|
markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent
|
3542 |
|
|
modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is
|
3543 |
|
|
not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A
|
3544 |
|
|
copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
|
3545 |
|
|
|
3546 |
|
|
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
|
3547 |
|
|
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
|
3548 |
|
|
SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
|
3549 |
|
|
standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for
|
3550 |
|
|
human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include
|
3551 |
|
|
PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that
|
3552 |
|
|
can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
|
3553 |
|
|
XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
|
3554 |
|
|
available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF
|
3555 |
|
|
produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
|
3556 |
|
|
|
3557 |
|
|
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
|
3558 |
|
|
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
|
3559 |
|
|
material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
|
3560 |
|
|
works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
|
3561 |
|
|
Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
|
3562 |
|
|
work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
|
3563 |
|
|
|
3564 |
|
|
A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
|
3565 |
|
|
whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
|
3566 |
|
|
following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
|
3567 |
|
|
stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
|
3568 |
|
|
"Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
|
3569 |
|
|
To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
|
3570 |
|
|
Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
|
3571 |
|
|
to this definition.
|
3572 |
|
|
|
3573 |
|
|
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
|
3574 |
|
|
which states that this License applies to the Document. These
|
3575 |
|
|
Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
|
3576 |
|
|
this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
|
3577 |
|
|
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
|
3578 |
|
|
has no effect on the meaning of this License.
|
3579 |
|
|
|
3580 |
|
|
2. VERBATIM COPYING
|
3581 |
|
|
|
3582 |
|
|
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
|
3583 |
|
|
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
|
3584 |
|
|
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
|
3585 |
|
|
applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
|
3586 |
|
|
add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
|
3587 |
|
|
may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
|
3588 |
|
|
or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
|
3589 |
|
|
you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
|
3590 |
|
|
distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow
|
3591 |
|
|
the conditions in section 3.
|
3592 |
|
|
|
3593 |
|
|
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
|
3594 |
|
|
and you may publicly display copies.
|
3595 |
|
|
|
3596 |
|
|
3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
|
3597 |
|
|
|
3598 |
|
|
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
|
3599 |
|
|
have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
|
3600 |
|
|
the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
|
3601 |
|
|
enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
|
3602 |
|
|
these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
|
3603 |
|
|
Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
|
3604 |
|
|
and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
|
3605 |
|
|
front cover must present the full title with all words of the
|
3606 |
|
|
title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material
|
3607 |
|
|
on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the
|
3608 |
|
|
covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and
|
3609 |
|
|
satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in
|
3610 |
|
|
other respects.
|
3611 |
|
|
|
3612 |
|
|
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
|
3613 |
|
|
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
|
3614 |
|
|
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
|
3615 |
|
|
adjacent pages.
|
3616 |
|
|
|
3617 |
|
|
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
|
3618 |
|
|
numbering more than 100, you must either include a
|
3619 |
|
|
machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or
|
3620 |
|
|
state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from
|
3621 |
|
|
which the general network-using public has access to download
|
3622 |
|
|
using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent
|
3623 |
|
|
copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the
|
3624 |
|
|
latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
|
3625 |
|
|
begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that
|
3626 |
|
|
this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
|
3627 |
|
|
location until at least one year after the last time you
|
3628 |
|
|
distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or
|
3629 |
|
|
retailers) of that edition to the public.
|
3630 |
|
|
|
3631 |
|
|
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
|
3632 |
|
|
the Document well before redistributing any large number of
|
3633 |
|
|
copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated
|
3634 |
|
|
version of the Document.
|
3635 |
|
|
|
3636 |
|
|
4. MODIFICATIONS
|
3637 |
|
|
|
3638 |
|
|
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
|
3639 |
|
|
under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
|
3640 |
|
|
release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with
|
3641 |
|
|
the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
|
3642 |
|
|
licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to
|
3643 |
|
|
whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these
|
3644 |
|
|
things in the Modified Version:
|
3645 |
|
|
|
3646 |
|
|
A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
|
3647 |
|
|
distinct from that of the Document, and from those of
|
3648 |
|
|
previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed
|
3649 |
|
|
in the History section of the Document). You may use the
|
3650 |
|
|
same title as a previous version if the original publisher of
|
3651 |
|
|
that version gives permission.
|
3652 |
|
|
|
3653 |
|
|
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
|
3654 |
|
|
entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
|
3655 |
|
|
the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
|
3656 |
|
|
principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
|
3657 |
|
|
authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
|
3658 |
|
|
from this requirement.
|
3659 |
|
|
|
3660 |
|
|
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
|
3661 |
|
|
Modified Version, as the publisher.
|
3662 |
|
|
|
3663 |
|
|
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
|
3664 |
|
|
|
3665 |
|
|
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
|
3666 |
|
|
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
|
3667 |
|
|
|
3668 |
|
|
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
|
3669 |
|
|
notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
|
3670 |
|
|
Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
|
3671 |
|
|
the Addendum below.
|
3672 |
|
|
|
3673 |
|
|
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
|
3674 |
|
|
Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
|
3675 |
|
|
license notice.
|
3676 |
|
|
|
3677 |
|
|
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
|
3678 |
|
|
|
3679 |
|
|
I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
|
3680 |
|
|
and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
|
3681 |
|
|
authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on
|
3682 |
|
|
the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in
|
3683 |
|
|
the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors,
|
3684 |
|
|
and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page,
|
3685 |
|
|
then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in
|
3686 |
|
|
the previous sentence.
|
3687 |
|
|
|
3688 |
|
|
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
|
3689 |
|
|
for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
|
3690 |
|
|
likewise the network locations given in the Document for
|
3691 |
|
|
previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in
|
3692 |
|
|
the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a
|
3693 |
|
|
work that was published at least four years before the
|
3694 |
|
|
Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version
|
3695 |
|
|
it refers to gives permission.
|
3696 |
|
|
|
3697 |
|
|
K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
|
3698 |
|
|
Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the
|
3699 |
|
|
section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
|
3700 |
|
|
acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
|
3701 |
|
|
|
3702 |
|
|
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
|
3703 |
|
|
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
|
3704 |
|
|
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section
|
3705 |
|
|
titles.
|
3706 |
|
|
|
3707 |
|
|
M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
|
3708 |
|
|
may not be included in the Modified Version.
|
3709 |
|
|
|
3710 |
|
|
N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
|
3711 |
|
|
"Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
|
3712 |
|
|
Section.
|
3713 |
|
|
|
3714 |
|
|
O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
|
3715 |
|
|
|
3716 |
|
|
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
|
3717 |
|
|
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
|
3718 |
|
|
material copied from the Document, you may at your option
|
3719 |
|
|
designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this,
|
3720 |
|
|
add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified
|
3721 |
|
|
Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any
|
3722 |
|
|
other section titles.
|
3723 |
|
|
|
3724 |
|
|
You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
|
3725 |
|
|
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
|
3726 |
|
|
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
|
3727 |
|
|
has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
|
3728 |
|
|
definition of a standard.
|
3729 |
|
|
|
3730 |
|
|
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
|
3731 |
|
|
and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end
|
3732 |
|
|
of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one
|
3733 |
|
|
passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be
|
3734 |
|
|
added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the
|
3735 |
|
|
Document already includes a cover text for the same cover,
|
3736 |
|
|
previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity
|
3737 |
|
|
you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
|
3738 |
|
|
replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
|
3739 |
|
|
publisher that added the old one.
|
3740 |
|
|
|
3741 |
|
|
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
|
3742 |
|
|
License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
|
3743 |
|
|
assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
|
3744 |
|
|
|
3745 |
|
|
5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
|
3746 |
|
|
|
3747 |
|
|
You may combine the Document with other documents released under
|
3748 |
|
|
this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
|
3749 |
|
|
modified versions, provided that you include in the combination
|
3750 |
|
|
all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
|
3751 |
|
|
unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
|
3752 |
|
|
combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
|
3753 |
|
|
their Warranty Disclaimers.
|
3754 |
|
|
|
3755 |
|
|
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
|
3756 |
|
|
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
|
3757 |
|
|
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
|
3758 |
|
|
but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
|
3759 |
|
|
by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
|
3760 |
|
|
original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
|
3761 |
|
|
unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
|
3762 |
|
|
the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
|
3763 |
|
|
combined work.
|
3764 |
|
|
|
3765 |
|
|
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
|
3766 |
|
|
"History" in the various original documents, forming one section
|
3767 |
|
|
Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
|
3768 |
|
|
"Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
|
3769 |
|
|
must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
|
3770 |
|
|
|
3771 |
|
|
6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
|
3772 |
|
|
|
3773 |
|
|
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
|
3774 |
|
|
documents released under this License, and replace the individual
|
3775 |
|
|
copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
|
3776 |
|
|
that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
|
3777 |
|
|
rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
|
3778 |
|
|
documents in all other respects.
|
3779 |
|
|
|
3780 |
|
|
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
|
3781 |
|
|
distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
|
3782 |
|
|
a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow
|
3783 |
|
|
this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of
|
3784 |
|
|
that document.
|
3785 |
|
|
|
3786 |
|
|
7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
|
3787 |
|
|
|
3788 |
|
|
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
|
3789 |
|
|
separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
|
3790 |
|
|
a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
|
3791 |
|
|
copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
|
3792 |
|
|
legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
|
3793 |
|
|
works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
|
3794 |
|
|
License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
|
3795 |
|
|
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
|
3796 |
|
|
|
3797 |
|
|
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
|
3798 |
|
|
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
|
3799 |
|
|
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
|
3800 |
|
|
on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
|
3801 |
|
|
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
|
3802 |
|
|
form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
|
3803 |
|
|
the whole aggregate.
|
3804 |
|
|
|
3805 |
|
|
8. TRANSLATION
|
3806 |
|
|
|
3807 |
|
|
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
|
3808 |
|
|
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
|
3809 |
|
|
4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
|
3810 |
|
|
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
|
3811 |
|
|
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
|
3812 |
|
|
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
|
3813 |
|
|
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
|
3814 |
|
|
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
|
3815 |
|
|
include the original English version of this License and the
|
3816 |
|
|
original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
|
3817 |
|
|
disagreement between the translation and the original version of
|
3818 |
|
|
this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
|
3819 |
|
|
prevail.
|
3820 |
|
|
|
3821 |
|
|
If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
|
3822 |
|
|
"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
|
3823 |
|
|
Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
|
3824 |
|
|
actual title.
|
3825 |
|
|
|
3826 |
|
|
9. TERMINATION
|
3827 |
|
|
|
3828 |
|
|
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
|
3829 |
|
|
except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other
|
3830 |
|
|
attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is
|
3831 |
|
|
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
|
3832 |
|
|
License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
|
3833 |
|
|
from you under this License will not have their licenses
|
3834 |
|
|
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
3835 |
|
|
|
3836 |
|
|
10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
|
3837 |
|
|
|
3838 |
|
|
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
|
3839 |
|
|
the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
|
3840 |
|
|
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
|
3841 |
|
|
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
|
3842 |
|
|
`http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'.
|
3843 |
|
|
|
3844 |
|
|
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
|
3845 |
|
|
number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
|
3846 |
|
|
version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
|
3847 |
|
|
have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
|
3848 |
|
|
that specified version or of any later version that has been
|
3849 |
|
|
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
|
3850 |
|
|
the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
|
3851 |
|
|
you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
|
3852 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation.
|
3853 |
|
|
|
3854 |
|
|
ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
|
3855 |
|
|
====================================================
|
3856 |
|
|
|
3857 |
|
|
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
|
3858 |
|
|
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
|
3859 |
|
|
notices just after the title page:
|
3860 |
|
|
|
3861 |
|
|
Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
|
3862 |
|
|
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
3863 |
|
|
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
|
3864 |
|
|
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
3865 |
|
|
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
|
3866 |
|
|
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
|
3867 |
|
|
Free Documentation License''.
|
3868 |
|
|
|
3869 |
|
|
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
|
3870 |
|
|
replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
|
3871 |
|
|
|
3872 |
|
|
with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
|
3873 |
|
|
the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
|
3874 |
|
|
being LIST.
|
3875 |
|
|
|
3876 |
|
|
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
|
3877 |
|
|
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
|
3878 |
|
|
situation.
|
3879 |
|
|
|
3880 |
|
|
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
|
3881 |
|
|
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
|
3882 |
|
|
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
|
3883 |
|
|
permit their use in free software.
|
3884 |
|
|
|
3885 |
|
|
|
3886 |
|
|
File: or1ksim.info, Node: Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top
|
3887 |
|
|
|
3888 |
|
|
Index
|
3889 |
|
|
*****
|
3890 |
|
|
|
3891 |
|
|
|
3892 |
|
|
* Menu:
|
3893 |
|
|
|
3894 |
|
|
* --cumulative: Profiling Utility. (line 26)
|
3895 |
|
|
* --debug-config: Standalone Simulator.
|
3896 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 99)
|
3897 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* --disable-all-tests: Configuring the Build.
|
3898 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 105)
|
3899 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --disable-arith-flag: Configuring the Build.
|
3900 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 118)
|
3901 |
124 |
jeremybenn |
* --disable-debug: Configuring the Build.
|
3902 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 98)
|
3903 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --disable-ethphy: Configuring the Build.
|
3904 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 59)
|
3905 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --disable-ov-flag: Configuring the Build.
|
3906 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 133)
|
3907 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --disable-profiling: Configuring the Build.
|
3908 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 30)
|
3909 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --disable-range-stats: Configuring the Build.
|
3910 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 92)
|
3911 |
|
|
* --disable-unsigned-xori: Configuring the Build.
|
3912 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 69)
|
3913 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-all-tests: Configuring the Build.
|
3914 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 104)
|
3915 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-arith-flag: Configuring the Build.
|
3916 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 117)
|
3917 |
124 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-debug: Configuring the Build.
|
3918 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 97)
|
3919 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-ethphy: Configuring the Build.
|
3920 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 58)
|
3921 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-execution: Configuring the Build.
|
3922 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 37)
|
3923 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-mprofile: Standalone Simulator.
|
3924 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 133)
|
3925 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-ov-flag: Configuring the Build.
|
3926 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 132)
|
3927 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-profile: Standalone Simulator.
|
3928 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 130)
|
3929 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-profiling: Configuring the Build.
|
3930 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 29)
|
3931 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --enable-range-stats: Configuring the Build.
|
3932 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 91)
|
3933 |
|
|
* --enable-unsigned-xori: Configuring the Build.
|
3934 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 68)
|
3935 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --file: Standalone Simulator.
|
3936 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 57)
|
3937 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --filename: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3938 |
|
|
(line 51)
|
3939 |
|
|
* --generate: Profiling Utility. (line 34)
|
3940 |
|
|
* --group: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3941 |
|
|
(line 47)
|
3942 |
|
|
* --help: Standalone Simulator.
|
3943 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 21)
|
3944 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --help (memory profiling utility): Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3945 |
|
|
(line 22)
|
3946 |
|
|
* --help (profiling utility): Profiling Utility. (line 22)
|
3947 |
|
|
* --interactive: Standalone Simulator.
|
3948 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 25)
|
3949 |
|
|
* --memory: Standalone Simulator.
|
3950 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 83)
|
3951 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --mode: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3952 |
|
|
(line 26)
|
3953 |
|
|
* --nosrv: Standalone Simulator.
|
3954 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 65)
|
3955 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* --quiet <1>: Profiling Utility. (line 30)
|
3956 |
|
|
* --quiet: Standalone Simulator.
|
3957 |
|
|
(line 29)
|
3958 |
|
|
* --report-memory-errors: Standalone Simulator.
|
3959 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 104)
|
3960 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --srv: Standalone Simulator.
|
3961 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 73)
|
3962 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --strict-npc: Standalone Simulator.
|
3963 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 113)
|
3964 |
|
|
* --trace <1>: Trace Generation. (line 14)
|
3965 |
420 |
jeremybenn |
* --trace: Standalone Simulator.
|
3966 |
|
|
(line 39)
|
3967 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
* --trace-physical <1>: Trace Generation. (line 44)
|
3968 |
|
|
* --trace-physical: Standalone Simulator.
|
3969 |
|
|
(line 44)
|
3970 |
|
|
* --trace-virtual <1>: Trace Generation. (line 44)
|
3971 |
|
|
* --trace-virtual: Standalone Simulator.
|
3972 |
|
|
(line 44)
|
3973 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* --verbose: Standalone Simulator.
|
3974 |
|
|
(line 33)
|
3975 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --version: Standalone Simulator.
|
3976 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 17)
|
3977 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* --version (memory profiling utility): Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3978 |
|
|
(line 17)
|
3979 |
|
|
* --version (profiling utility): Profiling Utility. (line 17)
|
3980 |
|
|
* -c: Profiling Utility. (line 26)
|
3981 |
|
|
* -d: Standalone Simulator.
|
3982 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 99)
|
3983 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* -f <1>: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3984 |
|
|
(line 51)
|
3985 |
|
|
* -f: Standalone Simulator.
|
3986 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 57)
|
3987 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* -g <1>: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3988 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
(line 47)
|
3989 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* -g: Profiling Utility. (line 34)
|
3990 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* -h: Standalone Simulator.
|
3991 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 21)
|
3992 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* -h (memory profiling utility): Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3993 |
|
|
(line 22)
|
3994 |
|
|
* -h (profiling utility): Profiling Utility. (line 22)
|
3995 |
|
|
* -i: Standalone Simulator.
|
3996 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 25)
|
3997 |
|
|
* -m <1>: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
3998 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
(line 26)
|
3999 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* -m: Standalone Simulator.
|
4000 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 83)
|
4001 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* -q <1>: Profiling Utility. (line 30)
|
4002 |
|
|
* -q: Standalone Simulator.
|
4003 |
|
|
(line 29)
|
4004 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
* -t <1>: Trace Generation. (line 14)
|
4005 |
420 |
jeremybenn |
* -t: Standalone Simulator.
|
4006 |
|
|
(line 39)
|
4007 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* -V: Standalone Simulator.
|
4008 |
|
|
(line 33)
|
4009 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* -v: Standalone Simulator.
|
4010 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 17)
|
4011 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* -v (memory profiling utility): Memory Profiling Utility.
|
4012 |
|
|
(line 17)
|
4013 |
|
|
* -v (profiling utility): Profiling Utility. (line 17)
|
4014 |
|
|
* 0x00 UART VAPI sub-command (UART verification): Verification API.
|
4015 |
|
|
(line 49)
|
4016 |
|
|
* 0x01 UART VAPI sub-command (UART verification): Verification API.
|
4017 |
|
|
(line 55)
|
4018 |
|
|
* 0x02 UART VAPI sub-command (UART verification): Verification API.
|
4019 |
|
|
(line 59)
|
4020 |
|
|
* 0x03 UART VAPI sub-command (UART verification): Verification API.
|
4021 |
|
|
(line 62)
|
4022 |
|
|
* 0x04 UART VAPI sub-command (UART verification): Verification API.
|
4023 |
|
|
(line 66)
|
4024 |
|
|
* 16550 (UART configuration): UART Configuration. (line 73)
|
4025 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* all tests enabled: Configuring the Build.
|
4026 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 105)
|
4027 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* Argtable2 debugging: Configuring the Build.
|
4028 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 98)
|
4029 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* ATA/ATAPI configuration: Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4030 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4031 |
|
|
* ATA/ATAPI device configuration: Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4032 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 92)
|
4033 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* base_vapi_id (GPIO configuration - deprecated): GPIO Configuration.
|
4034 |
|
|
(line 32)
|
4035 |
|
|
* baseaddr (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4036 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 26)
|
4037 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* baseaddr (DMA configuration): DMA Configuration. (line 24)
|
4038 |
|
|
* baseaddr (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4039 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 23)
|
4040 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* baseaddr (frame buffer configuration): Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4041 |
|
|
(line 20)
|
4042 |
|
|
* baseaddr (generic peripheral configuration): Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4043 |
|
|
(line 22)
|
4044 |
|
|
* baseaddr (GPIO configuration): GPIO Configuration. (line 21)
|
4045 |
|
|
* baseaddr (keyboard configuration): Keyboard Configuration.
|
4046 |
|
|
(line 36)
|
4047 |
|
|
* baseaddr (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4048 |
418 |
julius |
(line 94)
|
4049 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* baseaddr (memory controller configuration): Memory Controller Configuration.
|
4050 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 55)
|
4051 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* baseaddr (UART configuration): UART Configuration. (line 22)
|
4052 |
|
|
* baseaddr (VGA configuration): Display Interface Configuration.
|
4053 |
|
|
(line 26)
|
4054 |
|
|
* blocksize (cache configuration): Cache Configuration. (line 29)
|
4055 |
|
|
* BPB configuration: Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4056 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4057 |
|
|
* branch prediction configuration: Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4058 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4059 |
|
|
* break (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4060 |
|
|
(line 57)
|
4061 |
|
|
* breakpoint list (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4062 |
|
|
(line 60)
|
4063 |
|
|
* breakpoint set/clear (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4064 |
|
|
(line 57)
|
4065 |
|
|
* breaks (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4066 |
|
|
(line 60)
|
4067 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* bridge setup: Establishing a Bridge.
|
4068 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4069 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* btic (branch prediction configuration): Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4070 |
|
|
(line 19)
|
4071 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* BusyBox and Ethernet: Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox.
|
4072 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4073 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* byte_enabled (generic peripheral configuration): Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4074 |
|
|
(line 48)
|
4075 |
|
|
* cache configuration: Cache Configuration. (line 6)
|
4076 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* calling_convention (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 37)
|
4077 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* ce (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4078 |
418 |
julius |
(line 124)
|
4079 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* cfgr (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 47)
|
4080 |
|
|
* channel (UART configuration): UART Configuration. (line 29)
|
4081 |
|
|
* clear breakpoint (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4082 |
|
|
(line 57)
|
4083 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* clear_interrupt: Concepts. (line 20)
|
4084 |
202 |
julius |
* clkcycle (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 115)
|
4085 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* cm (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4086 |
|
|
(line 54)
|
4087 |
|
|
* command line for Or1ksim standalone use: Standalone Simulator.
|
4088 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4089 |
|
|
* complex model: Configuring the Build.
|
4090 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 37)
|
4091 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* config: Global Data Structures.
|
4092 |
|
|
(line 7)
|
4093 |
|
|
* config.bpb: Global Data Structures.
|
4094 |
|
|
(line 37)
|
4095 |
|
|
* config.cpu: Global Data Structures.
|
4096 |
|
|
(line 22)
|
4097 |
|
|
* config.cuc: Global Data Structures.
|
4098 |
|
|
(line 18)
|
4099 |
|
|
* config.dc: Global Data Structures.
|
4100 |
|
|
(line 25)
|
4101 |
|
|
* config.debug: Global Data Structures.
|
4102 |
|
|
(line 40)
|
4103 |
|
|
* config.pic: Global Data Structures.
|
4104 |
|
|
(line 33)
|
4105 |
|
|
* config.pm: Global Data Structures.
|
4106 |
|
|
(line 29)
|
4107 |
|
|
* config.sim: Global Data Structures.
|
4108 |
|
|
(line 11)
|
4109 |
|
|
* config.vapi: Global Data Structures.
|
4110 |
|
|
(line 14)
|
4111 |
|
|
* configuration dynamic structure: Global Data Structures.
|
4112 |
|
|
(line 49)
|
4113 |
|
|
* configuration file structure: Configuration File Format.
|
4114 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4115 |
|
|
* configuration global structure: Global Data Structures.
|
4116 |
|
|
(line 7)
|
4117 |
|
|
* configuration info (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4118 |
|
|
(line 119)
|
4119 |
|
|
* configuration of generic peripherals: Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4120 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4121 |
|
|
* configuration parameter setting (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4122 |
|
|
(line 146)
|
4123 |
|
|
* configuring branch prediction: Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4124 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4125 |
|
|
* configuring data & instruction caches: Cache Configuration. (line 6)
|
4126 |
|
|
* configuring data & instruction MMUs: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4127 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4128 |
|
|
* configuring DMA: DMA Configuration. (line 6)
|
4129 |
|
|
* configuring memory: Memory Configuration.
|
4130 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4131 |
|
|
* configuring Or1ksim: Configuration. (line 6)
|
4132 |
|
|
* configuring power management: Power Management Configuration.
|
4133 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4134 |
|
|
* configuring the ATA/ATAPI interfaces: Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4135 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4136 |
|
|
* configuring the behavior of Or1ksim: Simulator Behavior. (line 6)
|
4137 |
|
|
* configuring the CPU: CPU Configuration. (line 6)
|
4138 |
|
|
* configuring the Custom Unit Compiler (CUC): CUC Configuration.
|
4139 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4140 |
|
|
* configuring the debug unit and interface to external debuggers: Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4141 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4142 |
|
|
* configuring the Ethernet interface: Ethernet Configuration.
|
4143 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4144 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* configuring the Ethernet TUN/TAP interface: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface.
|
4145 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4146 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* configuring the frame buffer: Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4147 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4148 |
|
|
* configuring the GPIO: GPIO Configuration. (line 6)
|
4149 |
|
|
* configuring the interrupt controller: Interrupt Configuration.
|
4150 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4151 |
|
|
* configuring the keyboard interface: Keyboard Configuration.
|
4152 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4153 |
|
|
* configuring the memory controller: Memory Controller Configuration.
|
4154 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4155 |
|
|
* configuring the processor: CPU Configuration. (line 6)
|
4156 |
|
|
* configuring the PS2 interface: Keyboard Configuration.
|
4157 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4158 |
|
|
* configuring the UART: UART Configuration. (line 6)
|
4159 |
|
|
* configuring the Verification API (VAPI): Verification API Configuration.
|
4160 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4161 |
|
|
* configuring the VGA interface: Display Interface Configuration.
|
4162 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4163 |
|
|
* copying memory (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4164 |
|
|
(line 54)
|
4165 |
|
|
* CPU configuration: CPU Configuration. (line 6)
|
4166 |
|
|
* CUC configuration: CUC Configuration. (line 6)
|
4167 |
|
|
* Custom Unit Compiler (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4168 |
|
|
(line 162)
|
4169 |
|
|
* Custom Unit Compiler Configuration: CUC Configuration. (line 6)
|
4170 |
|
|
* data cache configuration: Cache Configuration. (line 6)
|
4171 |
|
|
* data MMU configuration: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4172 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4173 |
|
|
* DCGE (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4174 |
|
|
(line 21)
|
4175 |
|
|
* debug (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4176 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 151)
|
4177 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* debug (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 13)
|
4178 |
|
|
* debug channel toggle (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4179 |
|
|
(line 141)
|
4180 |
|
|
* debug interface configuration: Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4181 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4182 |
|
|
* debug mode toggle (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4183 |
|
|
(line 151)
|
4184 |
|
|
* debug unit configuration: Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4185 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4186 |
|
|
* Debug Unit verification (VAPI): Verification API. (line 34)
|
4187 |
|
|
* debugging enabled (Argtable2): Configuring the Build.
|
4188 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 98)
|
4189 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
* DejaGnu board configurations: Regression Testing. (line 35)
|
4190 |
|
|
* DejaGnu configuration: Regression Testing. (line 21)
|
4191 |
|
|
* DejaGNU tests directories: Regression Testing. (line 50)
|
4192 |
|
|
* DejaGnu tool specific configuration: Regression Testing. (line 39)
|
4193 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* delayr (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4194 |
418 |
julius |
(line 144)
|
4195 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* delayw (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4196 |
418 |
julius |
(line 150)
|
4197 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
* dependstats (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 89)
|
4198 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* dev_id (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4199 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 40)
|
4200 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* disassemble (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4201 |
|
|
(line 41)
|
4202 |
|
|
* disc interface configuration: Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4203 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4204 |
|
|
* disc interface device configuration: Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4205 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 92)
|
4206 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* display interface configuration: Display Interface Configuration.
|
4207 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4208 |
|
|
* displaying memory (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4209 |
|
|
(line 31)
|
4210 |
|
|
* displaying registers (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4211 |
|
|
(line 14)
|
4212 |
|
|
* dm (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4213 |
|
|
(line 31)
|
4214 |
|
|
* dma (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4215 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 34)
|
4216 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* DMA configuration: DMA Configuration. (line 6)
|
4217 |
|
|
* DMA verification (VAPI): Verification API. (line 73)
|
4218 |
|
|
* dma_mode0_td (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4219 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 74)
|
4220 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* dma_mode0_teoc (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4221 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 75)
|
4222 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* dma_mode0_tm (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4223 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 73)
|
4224 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* DME (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4225 |
|
|
(line 15)
|
4226 |
|
|
* DMMU configuration: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4227 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4228 |
|
|
* doze mode (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4229 |
|
|
(line 15)
|
4230 |
451 |
jeremybenn |
* dummy_crc (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4231 |
|
|
(line 104)
|
4232 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* dv (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4233 |
|
|
(line 124)
|
4234 |
|
|
* dynamic clock gating (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4235 |
|
|
(line 21)
|
4236 |
|
|
* dynamic model: Configuring the Build.
|
4237 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 37)
|
4238 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* dynamic ports, use of: Verification API Configuration.
|
4239 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4240 |
|
|
* edge_trigger (interrupt controller): Interrupt Configuration.
|
4241 |
|
|
(line 16)
|
4242 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* enable_bursts (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 41)
|
4243 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* enabled (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4244 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 22)
|
4245 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* enabled (branch prediction configuration): Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4246 |
|
|
(line 15)
|
4247 |
|
|
* enabled (cache configuration): Cache Configuration. (line 11)
|
4248 |
|
|
* enabled (debug interface configuration): Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4249 |
|
|
(line 11)
|
4250 |
|
|
* enabled (DMA configuration): DMA Configuration. (line 20)
|
4251 |
|
|
* enabled (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4252 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 19)
|
4253 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* enabled (frame buffer configuration): Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4254 |
|
|
(line 16)
|
4255 |
|
|
* enabled (generic peripheral configuration): Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4256 |
|
|
(line 18)
|
4257 |
|
|
* enabled (GPIO configuration): GPIO Configuration. (line 17)
|
4258 |
|
|
* enabled (interrupt controller): Interrupt Configuration.
|
4259 |
|
|
(line 12)
|
4260 |
|
|
* enabled (keyboard configuration): Keyboard Configuration.
|
4261 |
|
|
(line 32)
|
4262 |
|
|
* enabled (memory controller configuration): Memory Controller Configuration.
|
4263 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 44)
|
4264 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* enabled (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4265 |
|
|
(line 12)
|
4266 |
|
|
* enabled (power management configuration): Power Management Configuration.
|
4267 |
|
|
(line 35)
|
4268 |
|
|
* enabled (UART configuration): UART Configuration. (line 18)
|
4269 |
|
|
* enabled (verification API configuration): Verification API Configuration.
|
4270 |
|
|
(line 15)
|
4271 |
|
|
* enabled (VGA configuration): Display Interface Configuration.
|
4272 |
|
|
(line 22)
|
4273 |
|
|
* enabling Ethernet via socket: Configuring the Build.
|
4274 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 59)
|
4275 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* entrysize (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4276 |
|
|
(line 32)
|
4277 |
|
|
* ETH_VAPI_CTRL (Ethernet verification): Verification API. (line 86)
|
4278 |
|
|
* ETH_VAPI_DATA (Ethernet verification): Verification API. (line 84)
|
4279 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* Ethernet bridge setup: Establishing a Bridge.
|
4280 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4281 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* Ethernet configuration: Ethernet Configuration.
|
4282 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4283 |
|
|
* Ethernet verification (VAPI): Verification API. (line 78)
|
4284 |
|
|
* Ethernet via socket, enabling: Configuring the Build.
|
4285 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 59)
|
4286 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
* exclusive-OR immediate operand: Configuring the Build.
|
4287 |
|
|
(line 69)
|
4288 |
202 |
julius |
* exe_bin_insn_log (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4289 |
|
|
(line 103)
|
4290 |
|
|
* exe_bin_insn_log_file (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4291 |
|
|
(line 111)
|
4292 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 49)
|
4293 |
|
|
* exe_log_end (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 89)
|
4294 |
|
|
* exe_log_file (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 97)
|
4295 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log_fn (simulator configuration - deprecated): Simulator Behavior.
|
4296 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 97)
|
4297 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log_marker (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4298 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 93)
|
4299 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log_start (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4300 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 86)
|
4301 |
|
|
* exe_log_type (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 55)
|
4302 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log_type=default (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4303 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 58)
|
4304 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log_type=hardware (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4305 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 62)
|
4306 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log_type=simple (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4307 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 69)
|
4308 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* exe_log_type=software (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior.
|
4309 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 74)
|
4310 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* executing code (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4311 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4312 |
|
|
* execution history (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4313 |
|
|
(line 67)
|
4314 |
|
|
* file (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4315 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 108)
|
4316 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* file (keyboard configuration): Keyboard Configuration.
|
4317 |
|
|
(line 51)
|
4318 |
|
|
* filename (frame buffer configuration - deprecated): Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4319 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 36)
|
4320 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* filename (VGA configuration - deprecated): Display Interface Configuration.
|
4321 |
|
|
(line 47)
|
4322 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* firewall with Ethernet bridge and TAP/TUN: Opening the Firewall.
|
4323 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4324 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* firmware (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4325 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 121)
|
4326 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* flag setting by instructions: Configuring the Build.
|
4327 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 118)
|
4328 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* frame buffer configuration: Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4329 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4330 |
|
|
* generic peripheral configuration: Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4331 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4332 |
|
|
* GPIO configuration: GPIO Configuration. (line 6)
|
4333 |
|
|
* GPIO verification (VAPI): Verification API. (line 88)
|
4334 |
|
|
* GPIO_VAPI_AUX (GPIO verification): Verification API. (line 100)
|
4335 |
|
|
* GPIO_VAPI_CLOCK (GPIO verification): Verification API. (line 103)
|
4336 |
|
|
* GPIO_VAPI_CTRL (GPIO verification): Verification API. (line 119)
|
4337 |
|
|
* GPIO_VAPI_DATA (GPIO verification): Verification API. (line 97)
|
4338 |
|
|
* GPIO_VAPI_INTE (GPIO verification): Verification API. (line 110)
|
4339 |
|
|
* GPIO_VAPI_PTRIG (GPIO verification): Verification API. (line 113)
|
4340 |
|
|
* GPIO_VAPI_RGPIO (GPIO verification): Verification API. (line 107)
|
4341 |
100 |
julius |
* hardfloat (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 110)
|
4342 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
* hazards (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 74)
|
4343 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* heads (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4344 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 125)
|
4345 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* help (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4346 |
|
|
(line 170)
|
4347 |
|
|
* hexadecimal memory dump (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4348 |
|
|
(line 133)
|
4349 |
|
|
* hide_device_id (verification API configuration): Verification API Configuration.
|
4350 |
|
|
(line 36)
|
4351 |
|
|
* hist (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4352 |
|
|
(line 67)
|
4353 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* history (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 40)
|
4354 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* history of execution (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4355 |
|
|
(line 67)
|
4356 |
|
|
* hitdelay (branch prediction configuration): Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4357 |
|
|
(line 33)
|
4358 |
|
|
* hitdelay (instruction cache configuration): Cache Configuration.
|
4359 |
|
|
(line 38)
|
4360 |
|
|
* hitdelay (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4361 |
|
|
(line 51)
|
4362 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
* host test code: Regression Testing. (line 57)
|
4363 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* hw_enabled (generic peripheral configuration): Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4364 |
|
|
(line 49)
|
4365 |
|
|
* IMMU configuration: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4366 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4367 |
|
|
* index (memory controller configuration): Memory Controller Configuration.
|
4368 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 77)
|
4369 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* info (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4370 |
|
|
(line 119)
|
4371 |
|
|
* installing Or1ksim: Installation. (line 6)
|
4372 |
|
|
* instruction cache configuration: Cache Configuration. (line 6)
|
4373 |
|
|
* instruction MMU configuration: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4374 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4375 |
|
|
* instruction profiling for Or1ksim: Profiling Utility. (line 6)
|
4376 |
|
|
* instruction profiling utility (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4377 |
|
|
(line 178)
|
4378 |
|
|
* internal debugging: Internal Debugging. (line 6)
|
4379 |
|
|
* interrupt controller configuration: Interrupt Configuration.
|
4380 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4381 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* interrupts: Concepts. (line 20)
|
4382 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* irq (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4383 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 36)
|
4384 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* irq (DMA configuration): DMA Configuration. (line 34)
|
4385 |
|
|
* irq (GPIO configuration): GPIO Configuration. (line 29)
|
4386 |
|
|
* irq (keyboard configuration): Keyboard Configuration.
|
4387 |
|
|
(line 47)
|
4388 |
|
|
* irq (UART configuration): UART Configuration. (line 70)
|
4389 |
|
|
* irq (VGA configuration): Display Interface Configuration.
|
4390 |
|
|
(line 37)
|
4391 |
|
|
* jitter (UART configuration): UART Configuration. (line 78)
|
4392 |
|
|
* keyboard configuration: Keyboard Configuration.
|
4393 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4394 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
* l.nop 0: l.nop Support. (line 12)
|
4395 |
|
|
* l.nop 1 (end simulation): l.nop Support. (line 15)
|
4396 |
483 |
jeremybenn |
* l.nop 10 (return a random number): l.nop Support. (line 51)
|
4397 |
|
|
* l.nop 11 (return a non-zero value): l.nop Support. (line 62)
|
4398 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
* l.nop 2 (report): l.nop Support. (line 19)
|
4399 |
|
|
* l.nop 3 (printf, now obsolete): l.nop Support. (line 22)
|
4400 |
|
|
* l.nop 4 (putc): l.nop Support. (line 29)
|
4401 |
|
|
* l.nop 5 (reset statistics counters): l.nop Support. (line 34)
|
4402 |
|
|
* l.nop 6 (get clock ticks): l.nop Support. (line 37)
|
4403 |
|
|
* l.nop 7 (get picoseconds per cycle): l.nop Support. (line 41)
|
4404 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
* l.nop 8 (turn off tracing): Trace Generation. (line 40)
|
4405 |
|
|
* l.nop 8 (turn on tracing) <1>: l.nop Support. (line 45)
|
4406 |
|
|
* l.nop 8 (turn on tracing): Trace Generation. (line 40)
|
4407 |
460 |
jeremybenn |
* l.nop 9 (turn off tracing): l.nop Support. (line 48)
|
4408 |
|
|
* l.nop opcode effects: l.nop Support. (line 6)
|
4409 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* library version of Or1ksim: Simulator Library. (line 6)
|
4410 |
|
|
* license for Or1ksim: GNU Free Documentation License.
|
4411 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4412 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* Linux (OpenRISC) and Ethernet: Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox.
|
4413 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4414 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* list breakpoints (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4415 |
|
|
(line 60)
|
4416 |
|
|
* load_hitdelay (data cache configuration): Cache Configuration.
|
4417 |
|
|
(line 46)
|
4418 |
|
|
* load_missdelay (data cache configuration): Cache Configuration.
|
4419 |
|
|
(line 50)
|
4420 |
|
|
* log (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4421 |
418 |
julius |
(line 156)
|
4422 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* log_enabled (verification API configuration): Verification API Configuration.
|
4423 |
|
|
(line 28)
|
4424 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* long: Simulator Library. (line 94)
|
4425 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
* make file for tests: Regression Testing. (line 27)
|
4426 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* mc (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4427 |
418 |
julius |
(line 133)
|
4428 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* memory configuration: Memory Configuration.
|
4429 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4430 |
|
|
* memory controller configuration: Memory Controller Configuration.
|
4431 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4432 |
|
|
* memory copying (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4433 |
|
|
(line 54)
|
4434 |
|
|
* memory display (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4435 |
|
|
(line 31)
|
4436 |
|
|
* memory dump, hexadecimal (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4437 |
|
|
(line 133)
|
4438 |
|
|
* memory dump, Verilog (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4439 |
|
|
(line 124)
|
4440 |
|
|
* memory patching (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4441 |
|
|
(line 48)
|
4442 |
|
|
* memory profiling end address: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
4443 |
|
|
(line 56)
|
4444 |
|
|
* memory profiling start address: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
4445 |
|
|
(line 56)
|
4446 |
|
|
* memory profiling utility (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4447 |
|
|
(line 173)
|
4448 |
|
|
* memory profiling version of Or1ksim: Memory Profiling Utility.
|
4449 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4450 |
|
|
* memory_order (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 15)
|
4451 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* memory_order=exact (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 30)
|
4452 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* memory_order=none (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 18)
|
4453 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* memory_order=strong (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 27)
|
4454 |
|
|
* memory_order=weak (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 22)
|
4455 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* missdelay (branch prediction configuration): Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4456 |
|
|
(line 37)
|
4457 |
|
|
* missdelay (instruction cache configuration): Cache Configuration.
|
4458 |
|
|
(line 42)
|
4459 |
|
|
* missdelay (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4460 |
|
|
(line 55)
|
4461 |
|
|
* MMU configuration: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4462 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4463 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* mprof_file (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 34)
|
4464 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* mprof_fn (simulator configuration - deprecated): Simulator Behavior.
|
4465 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 34)
|
4466 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* mprofile (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4467 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 173)
|
4468 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* mprofile (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 29)
|
4469 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* mtspr: Concepts. (line 20)
|
4470 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* mwdma (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4471 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 132)
|
4472 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* name (generic peripheral configuration): Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4473 |
|
|
(line 42)
|
4474 |
|
|
* name (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4475 |
418 |
julius |
(line 115)
|
4476 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* no_multicycle (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 45)
|
4477 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* nsets (cache configuration): Cache Configuration. (line 15)
|
4478 |
|
|
* nsets (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4479 |
|
|
(line 16)
|
4480 |
|
|
* nways (cache configuration): Cache Configuration. (line 22)
|
4481 |
|
|
* nways (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4482 |
|
|
(line 22)
|
4483 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* or1ksim_get_time_period: Simulator Library. (line 84)
|
4484 |
|
|
* or1ksim_init: Simulator Library. (line 19)
|
4485 |
|
|
* or1ksim_interrupt: Simulator Library. (line 99)
|
4486 |
|
|
* or1ksim_interrupt_clear: Simulator Library. (line 121)
|
4487 |
|
|
* or1ksim_interrupt_set: Simulator Library. (line 110)
|
4488 |
|
|
* or1ksim_is_le: Simulator Library. (line 89)
|
4489 |
|
|
* or1ksim_jtag_reset: Simulator Library. (line 130)
|
4490 |
|
|
* or1ksim_jtag_shift_dr: Simulator Library. (line 152)
|
4491 |
|
|
* or1ksim_jtag_shift_ir: Simulator Library. (line 139)
|
4492 |
|
|
* or1ksim_read_mem: Simulator Library. (line 165)
|
4493 |
|
|
* or1ksim_read_reg: Simulator Library. (line 197)
|
4494 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* or1ksim_read_spr: Simulator Library. (line 181)
|
4495 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* or1ksim_reset_duration: Simulator Library. (line 69)
|
4496 |
|
|
* or1ksim_run: Simulator Library. (line 58)
|
4497 |
|
|
* or1ksim_set_stall_state: Simulator Library. (line 212)
|
4498 |
|
|
* or1ksim_set_time_point: Simulator Library. (line 80)
|
4499 |
|
|
* or1ksim_write_mem: Simulator Library. (line 173)
|
4500 |
|
|
* or1ksim_write_reg: Simulator Library. (line 205)
|
4501 |
|
|
* or1ksim_write_spr: Simulator Library. (line 189)
|
4502 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* output rediretion: Concepts. (line 7)
|
4503 |
|
|
* overflow flag setting by instructions: Configuring the Build.
|
4504 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 133)
|
4505 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* packet (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4506 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 117)
|
4507 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* pagesize (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4508 |
|
|
(line 27)
|
4509 |
|
|
* patching memory (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4510 |
|
|
(line 48)
|
4511 |
|
|
* patching registers (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4512 |
|
|
(line 28)
|
4513 |
|
|
* patching the program counter (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4514 |
|
|
(line 51)
|
4515 |
|
|
* pattern (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4516 |
418 |
julius |
(line 82)
|
4517 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* pc (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4518 |
|
|
(line 51)
|
4519 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* persistent TAP device creation: Setting Up a Persistent TAP device.
|
4520 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4521 |
429 |
julius |
* phy_addr: Ethernet Configuration.
|
4522 |
451 |
jeremybenn |
(line 99)
|
4523 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* PIC configuration: Interrupt Configuration.
|
4524 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4525 |
|
|
* pio (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4526 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 136)
|
4527 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* pio_mode0_t1 (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4528 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 55)
|
4529 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* pio_mode0_t2 (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4530 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 56)
|
4531 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* pio_mode0_t4 (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4532 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 57)
|
4533 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* pio_mode0_teoc (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4534 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 58)
|
4535 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* pm (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4536 |
|
|
(line 48)
|
4537 |
|
|
* PMR - DGCE: Power Management Configuration.
|
4538 |
|
|
(line 21)
|
4539 |
|
|
* PMR - DME: Power Management Configuration.
|
4540 |
|
|
(line 15)
|
4541 |
|
|
* PMR - SDF: Power Management Configuration.
|
4542 |
|
|
(line 12)
|
4543 |
|
|
* PMR - SME: Power Management Configuration.
|
4544 |
|
|
(line 16)
|
4545 |
|
|
* PMR - SUME: Power Management Configuration.
|
4546 |
|
|
(line 24)
|
4547 |
|
|
* PMU configuration: Power Management Configuration.
|
4548 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4549 |
|
|
* poc (memory controller configuration): Memory Controller Configuration.
|
4550 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 64)
|
4551 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* port range for TCP/IP: Verification API Configuration.
|
4552 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4553 |
|
|
* power management configuration: Power Management Configuration.
|
4554 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4555 |
|
|
* power management register, DGCE: Power Management Configuration.
|
4556 |
|
|
(line 21)
|
4557 |
|
|
* power management register, DME: Power Management Configuration.
|
4558 |
|
|
(line 15)
|
4559 |
|
|
* power management register, SDF: Power Management Configuration.
|
4560 |
|
|
(line 12)
|
4561 |
|
|
* power management register, SME: Power Management Configuration.
|
4562 |
|
|
(line 16)
|
4563 |
|
|
* power management register, SUME: Power Management Configuration.
|
4564 |
|
|
(line 24)
|
4565 |
|
|
* pr (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4566 |
|
|
(line 28)
|
4567 |
|
|
* private ports, use of: Verification API Configuration.
|
4568 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4569 |
|
|
* processor configuration: CPU Configuration. (line 6)
|
4570 |
|
|
* processor stall (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4571 |
|
|
(line 72)
|
4572 |
|
|
* processor unstall (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4573 |
|
|
(line 78)
|
4574 |
|
|
* prof_file (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 23)
|
4575 |
|
|
* prof_fn (simulator configuration - deprecated): Simulator Behavior.
|
4576 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4577 |
|
|
* profile (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 19)
|
4578 |
|
|
* profiling for Or1ksim: Profiling Utility. (line 6)
|
4579 |
|
|
* profiling utility (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4580 |
|
|
(line 178)
|
4581 |
|
|
* program counter patching (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4582 |
|
|
(line 51)
|
4583 |
|
|
* programmable interrupt controller configuration: Interrupt Configuration.
|
4584 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4585 |
|
|
* PS2 configuration: Keyboard Configuration.
|
4586 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4587 |
|
|
* q (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4588 |
|
|
(line 11)
|
4589 |
|
|
* quitting (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4590 |
|
|
(line 11)
|
4591 |
|
|
* r (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4592 |
|
|
(line 14)
|
4593 |
|
|
* random_seed (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4594 |
418 |
julius |
(line 72)
|
4595 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* refresh_rate (frame buffer configuration): Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4596 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 30)
|
4597 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* refresh_rate (VGA configuration): Display Interface Configuration.
|
4598 |
|
|
(line 41)
|
4599 |
|
|
* reg_sim_reset: Concepts. (line 13)
|
4600 |
|
|
* register display (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4601 |
|
|
(line 14)
|
4602 |
|
|
* register over time statistics: Configuring the Build.
|
4603 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 92)
|
4604 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* register patching (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4605 |
|
|
(line 28)
|
4606 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
* regression testing: Regression Testing. (line 6)
|
4607 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* Remote Serial Protocol: Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4608 |
|
|
(line 20)
|
4609 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
* Remote Serial Protocol, --nosrv: Standalone Simulator.
|
4610 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 65)
|
4611 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
* Remote Serial Protocol, --srv: Standalone Simulator.
|
4612 |
472 |
jeremybenn |
(line 73)
|
4613 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* report_interrupt: Concepts. (line 20)
|
4614 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* reset (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4615 |
|
|
(line 63)
|
4616 |
|
|
* reset hooks: Concepts. (line 13)
|
4617 |
|
|
* reset the simulator (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4618 |
|
|
(line 63)
|
4619 |
|
|
* rev (ATA/ATAPI configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4620 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 48)
|
4621 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* rev (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 15)
|
4622 |
|
|
* rsp_enabled (debug interface configuration): Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4623 |
|
|
(line 20)
|
4624 |
|
|
* rsp_port (debug interface configuration): Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4625 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
(line 32)
|
4626 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* rtx_type (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4627 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 47)
|
4628 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* run (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4629 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4630 |
|
|
* running code (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4631 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4632 |
|
|
* running Or1ksim: Usage. (line 6)
|
4633 |
|
|
* runtime: Global Data Structures.
|
4634 |
|
|
(line 58)
|
4635 |
|
|
* runtime global structure: Global Data Structures.
|
4636 |
|
|
(line 58)
|
4637 |
|
|
* runtime.cpu: Global Data Structures.
|
4638 |
|
|
(line 62)
|
4639 |
|
|
* runtime.cpu.fout: Concepts. (line 7)
|
4640 |
|
|
* runtime.cuc: Global Data Structures.
|
4641 |
|
|
(line 62)
|
4642 |
|
|
* runtime.vapi: Global Data Structures.
|
4643 |
|
|
(line 62)
|
4644 |
|
|
* rx_channel (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4645 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 67)
|
4646 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* rxfile (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4647 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 76)
|
4648 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* sbp_bf_fwd (branch prediction configuration): Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4649 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4650 |
|
|
* sbp_bnf_fwd (branch prediction configuration): Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4651 |
|
|
(line 28)
|
4652 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
* sbuf_len (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 101)
|
4653 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* SDF (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4654 |
|
|
(line 12)
|
4655 |
|
|
* section ata: Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4656 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4657 |
|
|
* section bpb: Branch Prediction Configuration.
|
4658 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4659 |
|
|
* section cpio: GPIO Configuration. (line 6)
|
4660 |
|
|
* section cpu: CPU Configuration. (line 6)
|
4661 |
|
|
* section cuc: CUC Configuration. (line 6)
|
4662 |
|
|
* section dc: Cache Configuration. (line 6)
|
4663 |
|
|
* section debug: Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4664 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4665 |
|
|
* section dma: DMA Configuration. (line 6)
|
4666 |
|
|
* section dmmu: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4667 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4668 |
|
|
* section ethernet: Ethernet Configuration.
|
4669 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4670 |
|
|
* section fb: Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4671 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4672 |
|
|
* section generic: Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4673 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4674 |
|
|
* section ic: Cache Configuration. (line 6)
|
4675 |
|
|
* section immu: Memory Management Configuration.
|
4676 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4677 |
|
|
* section kb: Keyboard Configuration.
|
4678 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4679 |
|
|
* section mc: Memory Controller Configuration.
|
4680 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4681 |
|
|
* section memory: Memory Configuration.
|
4682 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4683 |
|
|
* section pic: Interrupt Configuration.
|
4684 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4685 |
|
|
* section pmu: Power Management Configuration.
|
4686 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4687 |
|
|
* section sim: Simulator Behavior. (line 6)
|
4688 |
|
|
* section uart: UART Configuration. (line 6)
|
4689 |
|
|
* section vapi: Verification API Configuration.
|
4690 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4691 |
|
|
* section vga: Display Interface Configuration.
|
4692 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4693 |
|
|
* sections: Global Data Structures.
|
4694 |
|
|
(line 49)
|
4695 |
|
|
* sectors (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4696 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 129)
|
4697 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* server_port (verification API configuration): Verification API Configuration.
|
4698 |
|
|
(line 19)
|
4699 |
|
|
* set (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4700 |
|
|
(line 146)
|
4701 |
|
|
* set breakpoint (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4702 |
|
|
(line 57)
|
4703 |
|
|
* setdbch (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4704 |
|
|
(line 141)
|
4705 |
|
|
* simple model: Configuring the Build.
|
4706 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
(line 37)
|
4707 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* simulator configuration: Simulator Behavior. (line 6)
|
4708 |
|
|
* simulator configuration info (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4709 |
|
|
(line 119)
|
4710 |
|
|
* simulator reset (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4711 |
|
|
(line 63)
|
4712 |
|
|
* simulator statistics (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4713 |
|
|
(line 83)
|
4714 |
|
|
* size (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4715 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 113)
|
4716 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* size (generic peripheral configuration): Generic Peripheral Configuration.
|
4717 |
|
|
(line 30)
|
4718 |
|
|
* size (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4719 |
418 |
julius |
(line 99)
|
4720 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* sleep mode (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4721 |
|
|
(line 16)
|
4722 |
|
|
* slow down factor (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4723 |
|
|
(line 12)
|
4724 |
|
|
* SME (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4725 |
|
|
(line 16)
|
4726 |
|
|
* sr (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 53)
|
4727 |
|
|
* stall (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4728 |
|
|
(line 72)
|
4729 |
|
|
* stall the processor (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4730 |
|
|
(line 72)
|
4731 |
|
|
* statistics, register over time: Configuring the Build.
|
4732 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 92)
|
4733 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* statistics, simulation (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4734 |
|
|
(line 83)
|
4735 |
|
|
* stats (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4736 |
|
|
(line 83)
|
4737 |
|
|
* stepping code (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4738 |
|
|
(line 19)
|
4739 |
|
|
* store_hitdelay (data cache configuration): Cache Configuration.
|
4740 |
|
|
(line 54)
|
4741 |
|
|
* store_missdelay (data cache configuration): Cache Configuration.
|
4742 |
|
|
(line 58)
|
4743 |
|
|
* SUME (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4744 |
|
|
(line 24)
|
4745 |
98 |
jeremybenn |
* superscalar (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 63)
|
4746 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* suspend mode (power management register): Power Management Configuration.
|
4747 |
|
|
(line 24)
|
4748 |
|
|
* t (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4749 |
|
|
(line 19)
|
4750 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
* TAP device creation: Setting Up a Persistent TAP device.
|
4751 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4752 |
|
|
* tap_dev (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4753 |
|
|
(line 93)
|
4754 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
* target test code: Regression Testing. (line 63)
|
4755 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* TCP/IP port range: Verification API Configuration.
|
4756 |
|
|
(line 23)
|
4757 |
|
|
* TCP/IP port range for or1ksim-rsp service: Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4758 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
(line 37)
|
4759 |
104 |
jeremybenn |
* test code for host: Regression Testing. (line 57)
|
4760 |
|
|
* test code for target: Regression Testing. (line 63)
|
4761 |
|
|
* test make file: Regression Testing. (line 27)
|
4762 |
|
|
* test README: Regression Testing. (line 32)
|
4763 |
|
|
* testing: Regression Testing. (line 6)
|
4764 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
* tests, all enabled.: Configuring the Build.
|
4765 |
127 |
jeremybenn |
(line 105)
|
4766 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* timings_file (CUC configuration): CUC Configuration. (line 49)
|
4767 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* timings_fn (CUC configuration - deprecated): CUC Configuration.
|
4768 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
(line 49)
|
4769 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* toggle breakpoint (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4770 |
|
|
(line 57)
|
4771 |
|
|
* toggle debug channels (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4772 |
|
|
(line 141)
|
4773 |
|
|
* toggle debug mode (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4774 |
|
|
(line 151)
|
4775 |
442 |
julius |
* trace generation of Or1ksim: Trace Generation. (line 6)
|
4776 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* tx_channel (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4777 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 68)
|
4778 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* txfile (Ethernet configuration): Ethernet Configuration.
|
4779 |
440 |
jeremybenn |
(line 77)
|
4780 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* txfile (frame buffer configuration): Frame Buffer Configuration.
|
4781 |
82 |
jeremybenn |
(line 36)
|
4782 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* txfile (VGA configuration): Display Interface Configuration.
|
4783 |
|
|
(line 47)
|
4784 |
|
|
* type (ATA/ATAPI device configuration): Disc Interface Configuration.
|
4785 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 103)
|
4786 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* type (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4787 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 37)
|
4788 |
418 |
julius |
* type=exitnops (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4789 |
420 |
jeremybenn |
(line 66)
|
4790 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* type=pattern (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4791 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 47)
|
4792 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* type=random (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4793 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 41)
|
4794 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* type=unknown (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4795 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 51)
|
4796 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* type=zero (memory configuration): Memory Configuration.
|
4797 |
385 |
jeremybenn |
(line 56)
|
4798 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* UART configuration: UART Configuration. (line 6)
|
4799 |
|
|
* UART I/O from/to a physical serial port: UART Configuration.
|
4800 |
|
|
(line 62)
|
4801 |
|
|
* UART I/O from/to an xterm: UART Configuration. (line 38)
|
4802 |
|
|
* UART I/O from/to files: UART Configuration. (line 33)
|
4803 |
|
|
* UART I/O from/to open file descriptors: UART Configuration. (line 58)
|
4804 |
|
|
* UART I/O from/to TCP/IP: UART Configuration. (line 45)
|
4805 |
|
|
* UART verification (VAPI): Verification API. (line 41)
|
4806 |
|
|
* unstall (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4807 |
|
|
(line 78)
|
4808 |
|
|
* unstall the processor (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4809 |
|
|
(line 78)
|
4810 |
|
|
* upr (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 21)
|
4811 |
432 |
jeremybenn |
* use_nmi (interrupt controller): Interrupt Configuration.
|
4812 |
|
|
(line 30)
|
4813 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* ustates (cache configuration): Cache Configuration. (line 33)
|
4814 |
|
|
* ustates (MMU configuration): Memory Management Configuration.
|
4815 |
|
|
(line 41)
|
4816 |
|
|
* VAPI configuration: Verification API Configuration.
|
4817 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4818 |
|
|
* VAPI for Debug Unit: Verification API. (line 34)
|
4819 |
|
|
* VAPI for DMA: Verification API. (line 73)
|
4820 |
|
|
* VAPI for Ethernet: Verification API. (line 78)
|
4821 |
|
|
* VAPI for GPIO: Verification API. (line 88)
|
4822 |
|
|
* VAPI for UART: Verification API. (line 41)
|
4823 |
|
|
* vapi_id (debug interface configuration): Debug Interface Configuration.
|
4824 |
235 |
jeremybenn |
(line 43)
|
4825 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* vapi_id (DMA configuration) <1>: Ethernet Configuration.
|
4826 |
451 |
jeremybenn |
(line 119)
|
4827 |
346 |
jeremybenn |
* vapi_id (DMA configuration): DMA Configuration. (line 38)
|
4828 |
19 |
jeremybenn |
* vapi_id (GPIO configuration): GPIO Configuration. (line 32)
|
4829 |
|
|
* vapi_id (UART configuration): UART Configuration. (line 85)
|
4830 |
|
|
* vapi_log_file (verification API configuration): Verification API Configuration.
|
4831 |
|
|
(line 41)
|
4832 |
|
|
* vapi_log_fn (verification API configuration - deprecated): Verification API Configuration.
|
4833 |
|
|
(line 41)
|
4834 |
|
|
* ver (CPU configuration): CPU Configuration. (line 15)
|
4835 |
|
|
* verbose (simulator configuration): Simulator Behavior. (line 10)
|
4836 |
|
|
* Verification API configuration: Verification API Configuration.
|
4837 |
|
|
(line 6)
|
4838 |
|
|
* Verilog memory dump (Interactive CLI): Interactive Command Line.
|
4839 |
|
|
(line 124)
|
4840 |
|
|
* VGA configuration: Display Interface Configuration.
|
4841 |
|
|
|
4842 |
|
|
|
4843 |
|
|
(line 50)
|
4844 |
|
|
|
4845 |
|
|
|
4846 |
|
|
|
4847 |
|
|
Tag Table:
|
4848 |
450 |
jeremybenn |
Node: Top810
|
4849 |
|
|
Node: Installation1220
|
4850 |
|
|
Node: Preparation1467
|
4851 |
508 |
jeremybenn |
Node: Configuring the Build1760
|
4852 |
|
|
Node: Build and Install7898
|
4853 |
|
|
Node: Known Issues8664
|
4854 |
|
|
Node: Usage9719
|
4855 |
|
|
Node: Standalone Simulator10003
|
4856 |
|
|
Node: Profiling Utility15147
|
4857 |
|
|
Node: Memory Profiling Utility16053
|
4858 |
|
|
Node: Trace Generation17413
|
4859 |
|
|
Node: Simulator Library19598
|
4860 |
|
|
Node: Ethernet TUN/TAP Interface30030
|
4861 |
|
|
Node: Setting Up a Persistent TAP device31135
|
4862 |
|
|
Node: Establishing a Bridge31810
|
4863 |
|
|
Node: Opening the Firewall33493
|
4864 |
|
|
Node: Disabling Ethernet Filtering33984
|
4865 |
|
|
Node: Networking from OpenRISC Linux and BusyBox34609
|
4866 |
|
|
Node: Tearing Down a Bridge36271
|
4867 |
|
|
Node: l.nop Support37014
|
4868 |
|
|
Node: Configuration39176
|
4869 |
|
|
Node: Configuration File Format39788
|
4870 |
|
|
Node: Configuration File Preprocessing40173
|
4871 |
|
|
Node: Configuration File Syntax40470
|
4872 |
|
|
Node: Simulator Configuration43255
|
4873 |
|
|
Node: Simulator Behavior43546
|
4874 |
|
|
Node: Verification API Configuration48127
|
4875 |
|
|
Node: CUC Configuration50067
|
4876 |
|
|
Node: Core OpenRISC Configuration52059
|
4877 |
|
|
Node: CPU Configuration52561
|
4878 |
|
|
Node: Memory Configuration56680
|
4879 |
|
|
Node: Memory Management Configuration63402
|
4880 |
|
|
Node: Cache Configuration65779
|
4881 |
|
|
Node: Interrupt Configuration68165
|
4882 |
|
|
Node: Power Management Configuration69998
|
4883 |
|
|
Node: Branch Prediction Configuration71275
|
4884 |
|
|
Node: Debug Interface Configuration72635
|
4885 |
|
|
Node: Peripheral Configuration74978
|
4886 |
|
|
Node: Memory Controller Configuration75604
|
4887 |
|
|
Node: UART Configuration79384
|
4888 |
|
|
Node: DMA Configuration82903
|
4889 |
|
|
Node: Ethernet Configuration84770
|
4890 |
|
|
Node: GPIO Configuration90049
|
4891 |
|
|
Node: Display Interface Configuration91682
|
4892 |
|
|
Node: Frame Buffer Configuration93991
|
4893 |
|
|
Node: Keyboard Configuration95855
|
4894 |
|
|
Node: Disc Interface Configuration98093
|
4895 |
|
|
Node: Generic Peripheral Configuration103197
|
4896 |
|
|
Node: Interactive Command Line105492
|
4897 |
|
|
Node: Verification API112466
|
4898 |
|
|
Node: Code Internals116896
|
4899 |
|
|
Node: Coding Conventions117479
|
4900 |
|
|
Node: Global Data Structures121906
|
4901 |
|
|
Node: Concepts124563
|
4902 |
|
|
Ref: Output Redirection124708
|
4903 |
|
|
Ref: Interrupts Internal125246
|
4904 |
|
|
Node: Internal Debugging126399
|
4905 |
|
|
Node: Regression Testing126923
|
4906 |
|
|
Node: GNU Free Documentation License130712
|